Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

ABBVIE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(Effective as of January 1, 2013)

 

 

ABBVIE

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

 

Section 1.1            Purpose.  The AbbVie Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to assist the Employers in attracting and retaining key employees by providing Eligible Employees with the opportunity to defer the receipt of a portion of their compensation and to have that deferred compensation treated as if it were invested pending its distribution by the Plan.

 

Section 1.2            ERISA.  The Plan is intended to be exempt from Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA and, therefore, participation in the Plan is limited to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).

 

Section 1.3            Employers.

 

(a)           After the Effective Date, any Subsidiary of the Company that is not then an Employer may adopt the Plan with the Company’s consent as described in Section 13.12.

 

(b)           Each Employer shall be liable to the Company for an amount equal to the Plan benefits earned by its Eligible Employees.  Where an Eligible Employee has been employed by more than one Employer, the Plan Administrator shall allocate the liability to the Company associated with that Eligible Employee’s Plan benefits among his or her Employers.  The Plan Administrator shall establish procedures for determining the time at which and manner in which the Employers shall pay this liability to the Company.

 

Section 1.4            Effective Date.  The Plan is adopted and is effective as of January 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).

 

Section 1.5            Transfer of Liabilities from Abbott Laboratories Plan.  As part of the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Abbott Laboratories and AbbVie Inc. dated as of November 28, 2012, Abbott and AbbVie entered into the Employee Matters Agreement dated as of December 31, 2012 (the “EMA”).  In accordance with the EMA, all liabilities for AbbVie Employees (as defined in the EMA) under the Abbott Laboratories Deferred Compensation Plan were transferred to the Plan and the Plan became liable to pay all such benefits to such participants.  Supplement A to the Plan sets forth the additional rules applicable to the transferred benefits and transferred participants.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

When used in this Plan, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning, the following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below.  Whenever appropriate, words used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

 

1

 

Section 2.1            Account.  “Account(s)” means the account(s) established for record keeping purposes for each Participant pursuant to Article VI.

 

Section 2.2            Base Compensation.  “Base Compensation” means the Participant’s total compensation earned in a Plan Year for personal service actually rendered to an Employer, including sales bonuses, sales incentives and sales commissions (excluding Eligible Bonuses, all other bonuses, commissions, relocation expenses, reimbursements, expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), welfare benefits (whether or not those amounts are includible in gross income) and other non-regular forms of compensation) before deductions for (i) Deferral Elections made pursuant to Section 4.1 or (ii) contributions made on the Participant’s behalf to any Employer Savings Plan or to any cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), maintained by an Employer.

 

Section 2.3            Beneficiary.  “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan pursuant to Article IX.

 

Section 2.4            Board of Review.  “Board of Review” means the AbbVie Employee Benefit Board of Review appointed and acting under the AbbVie Pension Plan and having the powers and duties described in this Plan.

 

Section 2.5            Company.  “Company” means AbbVie Inc., its successors, any organization into which or with which AbbVie Inc. may merge or consolidate or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred.

 

Section 2.6            Deferral Election.  “Deferral Election” means an election under the Plan by a Participant to defer the receipt of a portion of his or her Eligible Compensation made on a Deferral Election Form.

 

Section 2.7            Deferral Election Form.  “Deferral Election Form” means the form provided to the Participant by the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 on which the Participant makes his or her Deferral Election.

 

Section 2.8            Deferral Account.  “Deferral Account(s)” means the account(s) established for record keeping purposes for each Participant’s Deferral Election pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

Section 2.9            Disability.  The date of “Disability” of a Participant means the date on which the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, eligible to receive income replacement benefits for a period of six or more months under the terms of the AbbVie Long-Term Disability Plan (“LTD Plan”) or, for a Participant whose Employer does not participate in the LTD Plan, such similar accident and health plan in which his or her Employer participates.

 

Section 2.10          Distribution Election.  “Distribution Election” is defined in Section 4.3(a).

 

Section 2.11          Distribution Election Form.  “Distribution Election Form” means the form provided to the Participant by the Plan pursuant to Section 4.3 on which the Participant specifies 

 

2

 

the time at which the amounts credited to one of the Participant’s Account(s) are to be distributed and their method of payment.

 

Section 2.12          Effective Date.  “Effective Date” is defined in Section 1.6.

 

Section 2.13          Eligibility Date.  “Eligibility Date” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

 

Section 2.14          Eligible Bonus.  “Eligible Bonus” means an annual cash incentive bonus for a Plan Year that the Plan Administrator, or its delegate, has designated as being eligible for deferral under the Plan.  As of the Effective Date, cash bonuses paid under the AbbVie Cash Profit Sharing Plan or any Employer’s annual incentive bonus plan with a performance period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of the applicable Plan Year are eligible for deferral under the Plan.

 

Section 2.15          Eligible Compensation.  “Eligible Compensation” means the Participant’s Base Compensation and Eligible Bonus(es).

 

Section 2.16          Eligible Employee.  “Eligible Employee” means any person employed by an Employer who is both

 

(i)            a United States employee or an expatriate who is based and paid in the United States, and

 

(ii)           shown as having a grade level of 20 (or equivalent level of compensation if on a different pay grade system) or higher on his or her Employer’s Human Resource System

 

and who is not (a) both an officer of the Company and eligible to participate in the AbbVie Supplemental Savings Plan, except as contemplated by Section 3.1 hereof for the Plan Year in which the person is first named an officer, (b) an individual who provides services to an Employer under a contract, arrangement or understanding with either the individual directly or with an agency or leasing organization that treats the individual as either an independent contractor or an employee of such agency or leasing organization, even if such individual is subsequently determined (by an Employer, the Internal Revenue Service, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer rather than an independent contractor or employee of such agency or leasing organization, or (c) any Employee who is employed by an Employer located in Puerto Rico, other than any person designated as a “U.S. Expatriate” on the records of an Employer.

 

For all Plan purposes, an individual shall be an “Eligible Employee” for any Plan Year only if during that Plan Year an Employer treats that individual as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income taxes, even if such individual is subsequently determined (by an Employer, the Internal Revenue Service, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer in that Plan Year.

 

3

 

Section 2.17          Employer.  “Employer” shall mean the Company, the participating Employers on the Effective Date, and any Subsidiary of the Company that subsequently adopts the Plan in the manner provided in Section 13.12.

 

Section 2.18          Employer Contribution.  “Employer Contribution” means the contribution deemed to have been made by an Employer pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

Section 2.19          Employer Contribution Account.  “Employer Contribution Account(s)” means the account(s) established for record keeping purposes for each Participant’s Employer Contributions pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

Section 2.20          Employer Savings Plan.  “Employer Savings Plan” means any defined contribution retirement plan that is maintained by an Employer, qualified under Code Section 401(a), and includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k).  The term shall specifically include, but not be limited to, the AbbVie Savings Plan.

 

Section 2.21          ERISA.  “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Section 2.22          Hardship Distribution.  “Hardship Distribution” is defined in Section 8.5(a).

 

Section 2.23          In-Service Distribution.  “In-Service Distribution” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Section 2.24          Initial Election.  “Initial Election” is defined in Section 4.3(a).

 

Section 2.25          Investment Election.  “Investment Election” is defined in Section 4.2(a).

 

Section 2.26          Investment Election Form.  “Investment Election Form” means the form provided to the Participant by the Plan pursuant to Section 4.2 on which the Participant specifies the Investment Funds in which the Participant’s Account(s) are to be deemed to be invested.

 

Section 2.27          Investment Fund(s).  “Investment Fund(s)” means one or more of the funds selected by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

Section 2.28          Investment Fund Subaccounts.  “Investment Fund Subaccounts” is defined in Section 6.1(b).

 

Section 2.29          Matching DCP Deferral.  “Matching DCP Deferral” for a Participant for a Plan Year is an amount equal to the total dollar amount of the Participant’s deferrals for the Plan Year pursuant to Employee Deferral Elections under Section 4.1(b), but in no event shall a Participant’s Matching DCP Deferral for a Plan Year exceed the amount by which (a) the Participant’s Base Compensation for the Plan Year up to the limit on compensation as defined in Code Section 401(a)(17) exceeds (b) the Participant’s Base Compensation for the Plan Year less the total dollar amount deferred pursuant to Employee Deferral Elections under Section 4.1(b) for the Plan Year.

 

4

 

Section 2.30          Participant.  “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who elects to participate in this Plan by filing a Deferral Election, Investment Fund Election, and Distribution Election as provided in Article IV or is a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant.

 

Section 2.31          Plan.  “Plan” means the AbbVie Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

Section 2.32          Plan Administrator.  “Plan Administrator” means the Board of Review.

 

Section 2.33          Plan Year.  “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31.

 

Section 2.34          Post-Distribution Participant.  “Post-Distribution Participant” means: (a) a Post-Distribution AbbVie Employee (as defined in the EMA) who (i) was an employee of Abbott or its subsidiary as of immediately prior to the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and is transferred to or hired by AbbVie or its Subsidiary after the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement), and (ii) had the liabilities associated with his or her account balances in the Abbott Deferred Compensation transferred to this Plan in accordance with Supplement A; and (b) any other individual on whose behalf liabilities are transferred from the Abbott Deferred Compensation Plan to the Plan in accordance with Supplement A in connection with an employment transfer during the Transition Period (as defined in the EMA).

 

Section 2.35          Rate of Return.  “Rate of Return” means, for each Investment Fund, an amount equal to the net gain or net loss (expressed as a percentage) on the assets of that Investment Fund.

 

Section 2.36          Retirement.  “Retirement” means a Termination of Employment after having satisfied the age and service requirements of Subsection (a) or (b) below, as applicable:

 

(a)           With respect to Participants covered by the AbbVie Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”):

 

(i)            for any Transferred Participant or Post-Distribution Participant who has an Old Formula Benefit (as defined in the Pension Plan), the date on which the Participant attains age 50 and completes 10 years of “vesting service” (as such term is described in the Pension Plan); or

 

(ii)           for any Transferred Participant or Post-Distribution Participant who does not have an Old Formula Benefit (as defined in the Pension Plan) under the Pension Plan and any participant who does not fall into the preceding categories hired by AbbVie on or after the Effective Date, the date on which the Participant attains age 55 and completes 10 years of “vesting service” (as such term is described in the Pension Plan).

 

(b)           With respect to Transferred Participants or Post-Distribution Participants covered by the Abbott Laboratories Pension Plan for Former BASF and Former Solvay Employees, the date on which the Participant attains age 55 and completes 5 years of vesting service (as such term is described in the Abbott Laboratories Pension Plan for Former BASF and Former Solvay Employees).

 

5

 

Section 2.37          Separation Date.  “Separation Date” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

 

Section 2.38          Subsequent Election.  “Subsequent Election” is defined in Section 4.2(a).

 

Section 2.39          Subsidiary.  “Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, or business trust organized in the United States 50 percent or more of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

 

Section 2.40          Termination of Employment.  “Termination of Employment” means the cessation of a Participant’s services as an employee, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason other than death; provided, that the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan until he or she would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Employer within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

 

Section 2.41          Transferred Participant.  “Transferred Participant” means an AbbVie Employee (as defined in the EMA), excluding a Post-Distribution AbbVie Employee (as defined in the EMA), who accepts an offer of employment or continues employment with or is transferred to AbbVie or one of its Subsidiaries under the Separation Agreement on or immediately after the Separation Date.

 

Section 2.42          Unforeseeable Emergency.  “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

 

Section 3.1            Participation.

 

(a)           Except as provided in Sections 3.1(b) and (c), an Eligible Employee may become a Participant by making a Deferral Election, Investment Fund Election, and Distribution Election pursuant to Article IV on or before the deadline set by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 4.4.

 

(b)           A newly hired individual who is an Eligible Employee shall become eligible to participate in the Plan on the first day of the month next following the month after the individual’s date of hire (the “Eligibility Date”); provided that in no event shall such individual begin to participate in the plan later than 90 days following his or her date of hire.  Notwithstanding the election requirements of Section 3.1(a), a newly Eligible Employee who was not eligible to participate in any other plan that would be aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(c) may make a Deferral Election, Investment Fund Election and Distribution Election pursuant to Article IV within the 30-day period immediately following the Eligibility Date.  Any such election shall become effective for Eligible Compensation earned no 

 

6

 

earlier than the first payroll period commencing after receipt of the election by the Plan Administrator and shall be irrevocable for the remainder of the Plan Year.

 

(c)           An individual who becomes an Eligible Employee as a result of a job promotion or transfer may make a Deferral Election, Investment Fund Election and Distribution Election pursuant to Article IV only with respect to Eligible Compensation to be earned in the Plan Year next following the year of such promotion or transfer.  Any such election shall be made in accordance with Article IV and shall become effective for Eligible Compensation earned in the Plan Year following the year in which the election is made.

 

(d)           Participation of Transferred Participants and Post-Distribution Participants shall be governed by Supplement A.

 

Section 3.2            Termination of Participation.  A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee due to a Termination of Employment will remain a Participant but (i) may no longer make Deferral Elections with respect to any Plan Year following the year of such termination and (ii) all deferrals under the Plan shall cease as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  A Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee due to a job promotion (or demotion) may no longer make Deferral Elections with respect to any Plan Year following the year of such promotion or demotion but the Participant’s Deferral Elections for the Plan Year in which such promotion or demotion occurs shall remain irrevocable.  A Participant shall remain a Participant until (i) his or her death or (ii) his or her Accounts have been distributed.

 

ARTICLE IV

ELECTION FORMS

 

Section 4.1            Deferral Elections.

 

(a)           Participants shall make their Deferral Elections annually on a form provided by the Plan Administrator (a “Deferral Election Form”). Each Deferral Election shall apply to only a single Plan Year.

 

(b)           On his or her Deferral Election Form, the Participant shall specify the amount (expressed as a percentage) of his or her Base Compensation and the amount (also expressed as a percentage) of his or her Eligible Bonuses that the Participant elects to defer for that Plan Year together with such other information as the Plan Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require.

 

(c)           For any Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer:

 

(i)            between five percent (5%) and seventy-five percent (75%) of his or her Base Compensation (in whole percentage increments), and

 

(ii)           between five percent (5%) and one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Eligible Bonus(es) (in whole percentage increments);

 

provided, however, that in no event may a Participant elect to defer his or her Eligible Compensation to the extent that his or her remaining compensation would be insufficient to 

 

7

 

satisfy all applicable withholding taxes and contributions required under Employer-sponsored benefit plans in which the Participant participates.

 

(d)           A Participant may not revoke his or her Deferral Election at any time after the deadline for making such Deferral Election set by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 4.4.

 

Section 4.2            Investment Elections.  The Plan Administrator shall, from time to time, make available investment options (the “Investment Funds”) that serve as benchmark funds for the amounts a Participant defers under the Plan.  A Participant’s Plan deferrals shall not actually be invested in the Investment Funds and the Participant shall not be considered a shareholder of any of the Investment Funds he or she selects by virtue of participation in the Plan.  Instead, the Participant’s Plan deferrals shall be considered invested in, and his or her Plan Account shall reflect such Investment Fund’s Rate of Return. A Participant’s election of investments shall be subject to the following rules:

 

(a)           Participants shall make their investment elections on an Investment Election Form provided by the Plan Administrator (an “Investment Election”).

 

(b)           The Investment Election Form completed by the Participant shall apply only to the Eligible Compensation being deferred in a single Plan Year and shall specify the Investment Funds in which the deferrals for each such Plan Year are to be deemed to be invested, and the portion (expressed in whole percentage increments) of the deferrals for such Plan Year that are to be deemed to be invested in each such Investment Fund, and shall continue in effect until revoked or changed as permitted by the Plan Administrator.

 

Section 4.3            Distribution Elections.

 

(a)           Participants shall make their distribution elections in accordance with the Distribution Election Form provided by the Plan Administrator (a “Distribution Election”) as permitted or required by such form.  Each Distribution Election (the “Initial Election”) shall apply only to the Eligible Compensation being deferred in a single Plan Year and must be made by the deadline set by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 4.4, at which time the Initial Election shall be irrevocable, subject to Section 4.3(c).

 

(b)           On the Distribution Election Form:

 

(i)            Mandatory Retirement Election.  In all cases, the Participant shall select the method of payment from among the methods of payment described in Section 8.3(a) to apply in the event payment is made upon Retirement pursuant to this Distribution Election in accordance with Sections 8.3 or 8.4 or upon Disability in accordance with Section 8.7.

 

(ii)           Optional In-Service Distribution Election.  The Participant shall also have the option to elect that the Eligible Compensation being deferred for that Plan Year shall be paid to the Participant while he or she is still employed by an Employer (an “In-Service Distribution”).  If the Participant elects to receive an In-Service Distribution of the Eligible Compensation being deferred, then the Participant shall also select the year in which the payments are to be made.  A Participant may not elect to receive an In-Service 

 

8

 

Distribution in a Plan Year that is less than two (2) years after the end of the Plan Year in which the Eligible Compensation is earned.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.3, a Participant may change the form of distribution or his or her Distribution Election (a “Subsequent Election”) to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator and Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C), including the requirements that such Subsequent Election:

 

(i)            shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the Subsequent Election is filed with the Plan Administrator;

 

(ii)           shall result in the first distribution subject to such Subsequent Election being made at least five years after the date such distribution would otherwise have been paid pursuant to the previous election; and

 

(iii)          shall be filed with the Plan Administrator at least 12 months before the date the first scheduled distribution is to be paid pursuant to the previous election.

 

Section 4.4            Deadline for Submitting Election Forms.  The Plan Administrator may set a deadline or deadlines for the receipt of the election forms required under the Plan; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3.1(b), such forms must be filed on or before the end of the year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which it is to be effective.

 

ARTICLE V

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1            Employer Contributions.  Each Participant who makes a Deferral Election will be credited with an Employer Contribution equal to 5% of the Participant’s Matching DCP Deferral.  The Plan Administrator may, however, in his or her discretion, otherwise set the amount of the Employer Contribution, subject to and not in excess of applicable limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Section 5.2            Allocation of Employer Contributions.  A Participant’s Employer Contribution for a Plan Year shall be allocated among the same Investment Funds and in the same proportion as the Participant has elected for his or her deferrals for that Plan Year.

 

Section 5.3            Distribution of Employer Contributions.  An Employer Contribution for a Plan Year shall be distributed to the Participant according to the election made by the Participant governing his or her deferrals for that same Plan Year.

 

ARTICLE VI

MAINTENANCE AND CREDITING OF ACCOUNTS

 

Section 6.1            Maintenance of Accounts.

 

(a)           The Plan shall maintain a separate Account for each Deferral Election (a “Deferral Account”) made by a Participant and each Employer Contribution (an “Employer Contribution Account”) made for a Participant.  A Participant’s Accounts shall reflect the

 

9

 

Participant’s Investment Fund Elections and Distribution Elections made pursuant to Article IV, any Employer Contributions made on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Article V, adjustments to the Account made pursuant to this Article VI, and distributions made with respect to the Account pursuant to Article VIII.  The Accounts shall be used solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to the Participants pursuant to this Plan and shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.

 

(b)           Each Account shall be divided into separate subaccounts (“Investment Fund Subaccounts”), each of which corresponds to the Investment Fund selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.2(b).

 

Section 6.2            Crediting of Accounts.

 

(a)           No later than five (5) business days following the end of each pay period, the Plan shall credit each Participant’s Investment Fund Subaccounts to reflect amounts deferred from the Participant’s Eligible Compensation during that pay period and the Investment Fund Election made by the Participant with respect to that Eligible Compensation.

 

(b)           At the end of each Plan Year, the Plan shall credit each Participant’s Investment Fund Subaccounts to reflect any Employer Contribution deemed to have been made on behalf of the Participant for that Plan Year and the allocation of that contribution among the Investment Funds pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

(c)           The Plan Administrator shall adjust each Investment Fund Subaccount to reflect any transfers under the Plan to or from that Investment Fund Subaccount, as of the end of each business day to reflect any distributions under the Plan made with respect to that Investment Fund Subaccount, and the Rate of Return on the related Investment Fund.

 

Section 6.3  Statement of Accounts.  Each Participant shall be issued quarterly statements of his or her Account(s) in such form as the Plan Administrator deems desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his or her Account(s) as of the end of the most recently completed quarter.

 

ARTICLE VII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES

 

Section 7.1            Deferral Accounts.  A Participant’s Deferral Accounts shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and non-forfeitable at all times.

 

Section 7.2            Employer Contribution Account.

 

(a)           A Participant’s Employer Contribution Account shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested and non-forfeitable when the matching contributions made by the Participant’s Employer on behalf of the Participant under the Employer Savings Plan in which the Participant participates become one hundred percent (100%) vested and non-forfeitable.

 

(b)           If a Participant’s employment with the Employers terminates (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) before the matching contributions made by the Participant’s Employer on behalf

 

10

 

of the Participant under the Employer Savings Plan in which the Participant participates become one hundred percent (100%) vested and non-forfeitable, then the Participant shall forfeit his or her related Employer Contribution Account.

 

ARTICLE VIII

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

Section 8.1            Distribution of Benefits in the Event of a Termination of Employment.  If a Participant elects to receive his or her Plan benefits as an In-Service Distribution, then in the event of that Participant’s Termination of Employment (other than due to Retirement) prior to receiving that In-Service Distribution, the Company shall pay that Participant’s Plan benefits in a lump-sum to the Participant within 90 days following his or her Termination of Employment.  If a Participant elects to receive his or her Plan benefits upon Retirement, then in the event of that Participant’s Termination of Employment prior to the date the Participant attains eligibility for Retirement, the Company shall pay that Participant’s Plan benefits in a lump-sum to the Participant within 90 days following his or her Termination of Employment.

 

Section 8.2            In-Service Distributions.  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6, the Company shall pay In-Service Distributions in a lump-sum to the Participant on the first business day in February of the year designated by the Participant on his or her Distribution Election Form.

 

Section 8.3            Distribution of Benefits in the Event of Retirement.

 

(a)           If, pursuant to Section 4.3, a Participant has elected to receive his or her Plan benefits for a Plan Year upon his or her Retirement, then the Company shall pay the Participant his or her Plan benefits commencing on the first business day in February next following the date of the Participant’s Retirement in any of the following forms pursuant to the Participant’s Initial Election or Subsequent Election, as applicable:

 

(i)            in substantially equal quarterly or annual installments to the Participant over fifteen (15) years; or

 

(ii)           in substantially equal quarterly or annual installments to the Participant over ten (10) years; or

 

(iii)          in substantially equal quarterly or annual installments to the Participant over five (5) years; or

 

(iv)          in a lump-sum; or

 

(v)           if no such election is on file with the Plan Administrator, in substantially equal quarterly installments to the Participant over ten (10) years.

 

Quarterly installments shall be paid on the first business day of each calendar quarter and annual installments shall be paid on the first business day of each calendar year.

 

11

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.3(a), in the event that, as of the date of the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant’s benefits under the Plan do not exceed, in the aggregate, $15,500, the Participant’s benefits shall be paid to the Participant in a lump-sum.

 

Section 8.4            Distribution of Benefits on the Earlier to Occur of a Participant’s Retirement or a Specified Date.

 

If a Participant has elected to receive his or her Plan benefits on a specified date pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(ii), if the Participant’s Retirement occurs prior to such specified date,

 

(a)           For amounts deferred for a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant with respect to Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2008, the Company shall pay the Transferred Participant or the Post-Distribution Participant his or her Plan benefits in a lump sum on the first business day in February next following the Participant’s Retirement; and

 

(b)           For amounts deferred for a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, and for amounts deferred for a Participant hired by an Employer on or after the Effective Date of the Plan, the Company shall pay the Participant his or her Plan benefits in accordance with Section 8.3(a), subject to Section 8.3(b).

 

Section 8.5            Distributions Due to Unforeseeable Emergency.

 

(a)           A Participant may receive the early payment of all or part of the balance in his or her Account(s) in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency (a “Hardship Distribution”) subject to the following restrictions:

 

(i)            The Participant has requested the Hardship Distribution from the Plan Administrator on a form provided by or in the format requested by the Plan Administrator;

 

(ii)           The Plan Administrator has determined that an Unforeseeable Emergency has occurred;

 

(iii)          The Plan Administrator determines the amount of the Hardship Distribution, which amount will be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (including any amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, local or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the Hardship Distribution); and

 

(iv)          The Hardship Distribution shall be distributed in a lump-sum within 30 days following determination by the Plan Administrator of the amount of the Hardship Distribution.

 

(b)           The circumstances that would constitute a Unforeseeable Emergency will depend on the facts and circumstances of each case, but, in any case, a Hardship Distribution may not be made to the extent that such hardship may be relieved through (i) reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent

 

12

 

that liquidation of the Participant’s assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan in compliance with Code Section 409A.

 

Section 8.6            Distribution of Benefits in the Event of Death.  In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the complete distribution of his or her Accounts, the Company shall distribute his or her total Plan benefits to his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days after the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Section 8.7            Distribution of Benefits in the Event of Disability.  In the event of a Participant’s Disability, the Company shall pay the Participant his or her Plan benefits commencing on the first business day in February next following the date of the Participant’s Disability in the form set forth below:

 

(a)           For any Participant who has elected to receive his or her Plan benefits upon Retirement, pursuant to the Participant’s Distribution Election to receive his or her Plan benefits in one of the Retirement forms permitted under Section 8.3(a), subject to Section 8.3(b).

 

(b)           For a Participant who has elected to receive his or her Plan benefits as an In-Service Distribution, if the Participant’s Disability occurs prior to the date specified in such Distribution Election:

 

(i)            For amounts deferred for a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant with respect to Plan Years beginning on or subsequent to January 1, 2008, or for amounts deferred for a Participant hired by an Employer on or after the Effective Date of the Plan, pursuant to the Participant’s Distribution Election to receive his or her Plan benefits in one of the Retirement forms permitted under Section 8.3(a), subject to Section 8.3(b).

 

(ii)           For amounts deferred for a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participants with respect to all Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2008, pursuant to the Participant’s Distribution Election to receive his or her Plan benefits in a lump sum under Section 4.3(b)(ii).

 

Section 8.8            Postponing or Amending Distributions.  A Participant may postpone a scheduled distribution or amend the form of distribution specified in Section 8.2, Section 8.3(a) or Section 8.4 only by making a Subsequent Election pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3(c).

 

Section 8.9            Distribution of Benefits Pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order.  The Company shall pay all or a portion of a Participant’s Plan benefits in a lump sum to any person other than the Participant pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order.  For this purpose, a domestic relations order means a judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant and which is made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law).

 

13

 

ARTICLE IX

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

Section 9.1            Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons or entity as his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary designation shall be made, and may be amended, by the Participant by filing a designation with the Plan Administrator, on such form and in accordance with such procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish from time to time.

 

Section 9.2            Failure to Designate a Beneficiary.  If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be, in the following order:

 

(i)                                     to the spouse of such person, if any; or

 

(ii)                                  to the deceased person’s estate.

 

Section 9.3            Facility of Payment.  When, in the Plan Administrator’s opinion, a Participant or Beneficiary is under a legal disability or is incapacitated in any way so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Plan Administrator may make any benefit payments to the Participant or Beneficiary’s legal representative, or spouse, or the Plan Administrator may apply the payment for the benefit of the Participant or Beneficiary in any way the Plan Administrator considers advisable, in each case, without subjecting the Participant or Beneficiary to accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE X

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

 

Section 10.1          Plan Administrator.  The Board of Review, or such person as the Board of Review shall designate pursuant to Section 10.3,  shall serve as the Plan Administrator of the Plan. The administration of the Plan shall be under the supervision of the Plan Administrator. It shall be a principal duty of the Plan Administrator to see that the Plan is carried out, in accordance with its terms, for the exclusive benefit of persons entitled to participate in the Plan without discrimination  among them. Benefits under the Plan shall be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides, in his or her discretion, that the applicant is entitled to them. The Plan Administrator will have full power to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject to applicable requirements of law. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator’s powers will include but will not be limited to, the following authority, in addition to all other powers provided by this Plan:

 

(i)            To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan, including the establishment of any claims procedures that may be required by applicable provisions of law;

 

(ii)           To exercise discretion in interpreting the Plan, any interpretation to be reviewed under the arbitrary and capricious standard;

 

14

 

(iii)          To exercise discretion in deciding all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan; such decision to be reviewed under the arbitrary and capricious standard;

 

(iv)          To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;

 

(v)           To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the Plan and to designate other persons to carry out any of its responsibilities under the Plan, any such allocations, delegation or designation to be in writing;

 

(vi)          To determine the amount and type of benefits to which any Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder, including the method and date for all valuations under the Plan;

 

(vii)         To receive from the Employers and from Participants such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan or any of its programs;

 

(viii)        To maintain or cause to be maintained all the necessary records for the administration of the Plan;

 

(ix)          To receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient and proper) reports of benefit payments made by the Plan;

 

(x)           To determine and allocate among the Employers the liability to the Company associated with Plan benefits in accordance with Section 1.4 and to determine the time at which and manner in which that liability shall be paid to the Company;

 

(xi)          To make, or cause to be made, equitable adjustments for any mistakes or errors made in the administration of the Plan; and

 

(xii)         To do all other acts which the Plan Administrator deems necessary or proper to accomplish and implement its responsibilities under the Plan.

 

Section 10.2          Reliance on Tables, etc.  In administering the Plan, the Plan Administrator will be entitled to the extent permitted by law to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by, or in accordance with the instructions of accountants, counsel, or other experts employed or engaged by the Plan Administrator.

 

Section 10.3          Delegation.  The Board of Review shall have the authority to appoint another corporation or one or more other persons to serve as the Plan Administrator hereunder, in which event such corporation or person(s) shall exercise all of the powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations of the Plan Administrator hereunder.

 

Section 10.4          Operations.  The day to day operation of the Plan will be handled by the person(s) designated by the Plan Administrator.

 

15

 

Section 10.5          Uniform Rules.  The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and shall apply uniform rules to all similarly situated Participants.

 

Section 10.6          Plan Administrator’s Decisions Final.  Any interpretation of the provisions of the Plan (including, but not limited to, the provisions of any of its programs) and any decision on any matter within the discretion of the Plan Administrator made by the Plan Administrator in good faith shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known and the Plan Administrator shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable. Neither the Plan Administrator nor any Employer shall be liable in any manner for any determination of fact made in good faith.

 

ARTICLE XI

CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS

 

Section 11.1          Claims and Review Procedures.  The Plan Administrator shall adopt procedures for the filing and review of claims in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

Section 12.1          Amendment.  The Company may amend this Plan, in whole or in part, at any time provided, however, that no amendment shall be effective to decrease the balance in any Account as accrued at the time of such amendment.  Any amendment which would allow officers of the Company to participate in the Plan shall require the approval of the AbbVie Inc. Board of Directors.  Any amendment which increases the total cost of the Plan to the Employers in excess of $250,000 in each of the three full calendar years next following the date of the amendment shall be approved by the Board of Review.  The Senior Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (or the individual holding equivalent duties and responsibilities) shall approve all other amendments to the Plan and the extension of the Plan to any division or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Section 12.2          Termination.  The Board of Review may at any time terminate the Plan with respect to future Deferral Elections.  The Board of Review may also terminate and liquidate the Plan in its entirety; provided that such termination and liquidation are consistent with the provisions of Code Section 409A.  Upon any such termination, the Company shall pay to the Participant the benefits the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan, determined as of the termination date, in compliance with Code Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1          Unfunded Plan.  This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore meant to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.  All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established or other segregation of assets made to assure payment. No

 

16

 

Participant or other person shall have under any circumstances any interest in any particular property or assets of the Company as a result of participating in the Plan.

 

Section 13.2          Nonassignability.  Except as specifically set forth in the Plan with respect to the designation of Beneficiaries, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

Section 13.3          Validity and Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 13.4          Governing Law.  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to principles of conflict of law, except to the extent preempted by federal law.

 

Section 13.5          Employment Status.  This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Company any obligation for the Participant to remain an employee of the Company or change the status of the Participant’s employment or the policies of the Company and its affiliates regarding termination of employment.

 

Section 13.6          Underlying Compensation and Incentive Plans and Programs.  Nothing in this Plan shall prevent the Company from modifying, amending or terminating the compensation or the incentive plans and programs pursuant to which Eligible Bonuses or Eligible Compensation are earned and which are deferred under this Plan.

 

Section 13.7          Successors of the Company.  The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

Section 13.8          Waiver of Breach.  The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.

 

Section 13.9          Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark.

 

Section 13.10           Waiver of Notice.  Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person entitled to such notice.

 

17

 

Section 13.11       Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

Section 13.12       Additional Employers.  Subject to the consent of the Board of Review, any Subsidiary of the Company may adopt the Plan by filing a written instrument to that effect with the Company.

 

Section 13.13       Section 409A.  To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Plan comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A.  The Plan will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy Code Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A).  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A and applicable guidance issued thereunder, amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to the Plan  during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s Termination of Employment or Retirement shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Participant’s Termination of Employment or Retirement (or upon the Participant’s death, if earlier), plus, to the extent subject to a six-month delay, a return equal to the Rate of Return that would be achieved if such amounts were invested in accordance with the Participant’s Investment Elections under Section 4.2 from the respective dates on which such amounts would otherwise have been paid until the actual date of payment.

 

18

 

SUPPLEMENT A

 

TRANSFER OF LIABILITIES FROM THE

ABBOTT LABORATORIES DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

A-1.        Purpose and Effect.  The purpose of this Supplement A is to provide for the transfer of liabilities from the Abbott Laboratories Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Abbott DCP”) to this Plan with respect to Transferred Participants and Post-Distribution Participants as set forth in the EMA.

 

A-2.        Eligibility, Service and Compensation.  Transferred Participants and Post-Distribution Participants shall (a) be eligible to participate in this Plan to the extent they were eligible to participate in the Abbott DCP as of the applicable Transfer Date (as defined in the EMA), and (b) receive credit for vesting and eligibility for all service credited for those purposes under the Abbott DCP as of the Transfer Date (as defined in the EMA) as if that service had been rendered to AbbVie (provided that in the event that any such Transferred Participant or Post-Distribution Participant receives a distribution from the Abbott DCP, the value of such distribution shall be offset against future benefits under the this Plan to the extent necessary to prevent a duplication of benefits).  The compensation paid by Abbott and its subsidiaries to a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant that was recognized under the Abbott DCP as of the Transfer Date (as defined in the EMA) shall be credited and recognized for all applicable purposes under this Plan as though it were compensation from AbbVie or its Subsidiaries.

 

A-3.        Matching DCP Deferral.  For purposes of determining a Transferred Participant’s or a Post-Distribution Participant’s Matching DCP Deferrals for the Plan Year in which such participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, such participant’s deferrals and Base Compensation under the Plan shall be prorated.

 

A-4.        Employer Contributions.  For purposes of determining the Employer Contribution under Section 5.1 for the Plan Year in which a Transferred Participant or a Post-Distribution Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, such participant’s Matching DCP Deferrals made under the Abbott DCP shall not be taken into account.

 

A-5.        Initial Transfer of Liabilities from Abbott DCP.  As soon as practicable after the Separation Date, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish, all liabilities attributable to Transferred Participants shall be transferred from the Abbott DCP to this Plan.  The Plan shall credit each such Transferred Employee’s account with (a) the amount deferred by such individual into the Abbott DCP as of the applicable Transfer Date, plus (b) any employer contributions, whether vested or unvested, deemed to have been made in relation to the amount described in (a), including, in each case, any earnings thereon.

 

A-6.        Deferral and Distribution Elections.  The Plan shall recognize, implement and honor all deferral and distribution elections made by each Transferred Participant under the Abbott DCP (including, but not limited to, any election to defer any bonus earned during 2012 but paid in 2013).

 

19

 

A-7.        Subsequent Transfers.  At such time or times as the Plan Administrator and Abbott (or its delegate) shall agree, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish, all liabilities attributable to Post-Distribution Participants shall be transferred from the Abbott DCP to this Plan.  The Plan shall credit each such Post-Distribution Participant’s account with (a) the amount deferred by such individual into the Abbott DCP as of the applicable Transfer Date, plus (b) any employer contributions, whether vested or unvested, deemed to have been made in relation to the amount described in (a), including, in each case, any earnings thereon.

 

A-8.        Deferral and Distribution Elections — Post-Distribution Participants.  Post-Distribution Participants are required to make new elections under the Plan upon hire or transfer to AbbVie or its subsidiaries in accordance with Section 3.1(b).  Distribution elections made under the Abbott DCP with respect to transferred amounts described in A-7 above shall be recognized, implemented and honored by the Plan and such amounts shall be immediately distributable to such Post-Distribution Participants in accordance with such elections.  Distribution elections with respect to amounts deferred under this Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be in accordance with Section 4.3 and other applicable provisions of this Plan.

 

A-9.        Use of Terms.  Terms used in this Supplement A have the meanings of those terms as set forth in the Plan, unless they are defined in this Supplement A.  All of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall apply to this Supplement A except that where the terms of the Plan and this Supplement A conflict, the terms of this Supplement A shall govern.

 

20Exhibit 4.3

 

ABBVIE SAVINGS PROGRAM

 

PREAMBLE

 

(Effective January 1, 2013)

 

 

ABBVIE SAVINGS PROGRAM

 

Preamble

 

1.1.                            Purpose.  This document sets forth the provisions of the AbbVie Savings Plan (“the Program”), effective on the Effective Date.  The Program consists of this Preamble and two parts, Part A titled “AbbVie Savings Plan” and Part B titled “AbbVie Puerto Rico Savings Plan”, formerly the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico). Part A shall be funded by a trust known as the “AbbVie Savings Trust” and Part B shall be funded by a separate trust known as the “AbbVie Puerto Rico Savings Trust”.  Part A and its related trust are intended to constitute a profit sharing plan and trust under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “U.S. Code”), with a cash or deferred arrangement under U.S. Code Section 401(k), and a portion of the plan is intended to constitute an employee stock ownership plan which meets the applicable requirements of U.S. Code Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7), and the provisions of Part A and its related trust shall be construed and applied accordingly.  Part B, the cash or deferred arrangement forming a part of Part B, and its related trust are intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan and trust under Section 1081.01(a) of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 2011 (the “PR Code”), and the provisions of Part B and its related trust shall be construed and applied accordingly.

 

1.2.                            History of the Program.  The Program was established by AbbVie, Inc. (the “Corporation”), effective January 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), in connection with the distribution by Abbott Laboratories (“Abbott”) as a dividend to its shareholders all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation pursuant to a Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Abbott and the company.  The Program is intended to facilitate the retirement of eligible participating employees by providing benefits that reinforce those available to such employees under the AbbVie Pension Plan and other AbbVie Inc. retirement benefits.

 

The Program provides an arrangement by which employees may invest in stock of the Corporation (“Company Stock”) by contributing to the applicable trust under Part A or Part B and by which the Corporation and its affiliates will encourage such investment by also making contributions to such trusts.  Contributions received by the trusts from Participants and Employers have been applied by the trustees thereof to acquire, and hold, shares of Company stock for the benefit of Participants in the Program.

 

Part A applies to “Eligible Employees” of the Corporation and of certain of its Subsidiaries and Divisions, as provided for in Part A.  Part B applies to “Eligible Employees” of certain Subsidiaries of the Corporation as provided for in Part B.

 

1.3.                            Rights Under Plan.  Except as otherwise specifically provided, the benefits provided under the Program for any Participant who retires or whose employment with the Employers otherwise terminates shall be governed in all respects by the terms of the Program as in effect on the date of his or her retirement or other termination of employment.

 

 

1.4.                            Employer Contributions.  For each Plan Year, the Employers participating under Part A or Part B shall make Employer Contributions to the trust for Part A or Part B, as applicable, for the benefit of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee under such Part at any time during the Plan Year and on whose behalf Basic Contributions have been made at any time during the Plan Year.  Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 1.4, the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions made by the Employers to the Program for the Plan Year shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  For each payroll period, the Corporation shall allocate the aggregate Employer Contributions to the Program between Part A and Part B in the proportion that the Basic Contributions made during such payroll period by Participants who are Eligible Employees under Part A bears to the Basic Contributions made during such payroll period by Participants who are Eligible Employees under Part B.

 

1.5.                            Definitions.  Except where otherwise noted, words and phrases used in this Preamble shall have the same meaning as the meanings assigned such words and phrases under Part A and Part B.

 

1.6.                            Amendment and Termination.  The Corporation reserves the power to amend this Preamble from time to time, to any extent and in any manner that it may deem advisable.  All major amendments and all decisions or amendments which are reasonably expected to have the effect of suspending or terminating Employer contributions or suspending or terminating payment of benefits to Participants or Beneficiaries, or terminating the Program shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  All other amendments shall be made by the Board of Review.  For purposes of the foregoing, the term “major amendment” shall have the same meaning as the meaning given that phrase in Part A.  Part A may be amended and terminated as provided in Part A; Part B may be amended and terminated as provided in Part B.  This Preamble shall terminate upon termination of both Part A and Part B.

 

1.7.                            Compliance with New York Stock Exchange Rules.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Program, any material revision (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules) to this Preamble shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s compensation committee or a majority of the Company’s independent directors (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules).

 

2

 

ABBVIE SAVINGS PROGRAM

 

PART A

 

ABBVIE SAVINGS PLAN

 

(Effective January 1, 2013)

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE   1.  INTRODUCTION
    	
1
    
	
1.1.
    	
Purpose
    	
1
    
	
1.2.
    	
History of the Plan
    	
1
    
	
1.3.
    	
Rights Under Plan
    	
1
    
	
ARTICLE   2.  PARTICIPATION
    	
2
    
	
2.1.
    	
Date of Participation
    	
2
    
	
2.2.
    	
Enrollment of Participants
    	
2
    
	
2.3.
    	
Re-employment of Participant
    	
2
    
	
2.4.
    	
Duration of Participation
    	
3
    
	
2.5.
    	
Participant Restricted Due to Conflict of Interest
    	
3
    
	
2.6.
    	
Participation by Additional Participating Employers
    	
4
    
	
2.7.
    	
Securities Law Restrictions
    	
5
    
	
ARTICLE   3.  CONTRIBUTIONS
    	
5
    
	
3.1.
    	
Participant Contributions
    	
5
    
	
3.2.
    	
Basic Contributions
    	
5
    
	
3.3.
    	
Supplemental Contributions
    	
6
    
	
3.4.
    	
Contribution Agreements
    	
6
    
	
3.5.
    	
Catch-Up Contributions
    	
6
    
	
3.6.
    	
Roth Contributions
    	
6
    
	
3.7.
    	
Employer Contributions
    	
8
    
	
3.8
    	
Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions
    	
8
    
	
3.9.
    	
Time for Making and Crediting of Contributions
    	
8
    
	
3.10.
    	
Certain Limits Apply
    	
9
    
	
3.11.
    	
Return of Contributions
    	
9
    
	
3.12
    	
Special Limits for Corporate Officers
    	
9
    
	
ARTICLE   4.  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
    	
10
    
	
4.1.
    	
Accounts
    	
10
    
	
4.2.
    	
Adjustment of Accounts
    	
10
    
	
ARTICLE   5.  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
    	
10
    
	
5.1.
    	
Company Stock
    	
10
    
	
5.2.
    	
Other Investment Funds
    	
11
    
	
5.3.
    	
Investment of Employer Contributions and Reinvestment of   Company Stock
    	
11
    
	
5.4.
    	
Investment Elections
    	
11
    
	
5.5.
    	
Default Investment Fund
    	
11
    
	
5.6.
    	
Participant Direction of Investments
    	
12
    
	
5.7.
    	
ESOP Portion of the Plan
    	
12
    
	
5.8.
    	
Dividends on Company Stock
    	
14
    
	
5.9.
    	
Investment Options for Former M &R Employees
    	
14
    
	
5.10.
    	
Voting of Company Stock
    	
14
    
	
ARTICLE 6.  WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM   EMPLOYMENT
    	
15
    
	
6.1.
    	
Inservice Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions
    	
15
    
	
6.2.
    	
Inservice Withdrawals of Certain Rollover Contributions
    	
19
    
	
6.3.
    	
Withdrawals at Age 591⁄2
    	
23
    
	
6.4.
    	
Required Distributions After Age 70 1⁄2
    	
23
    

 

 

	
6.5.
    	
Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations   Order
    	
23
    
	
6.6.
    	
Participant’s Consent to Distribution of Benefits and   Direct Rollover Notice
    	
23
    
	
ARTICLE   7.  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
    	
24
    
	
7.1.
    	
In General
    	
24
    
	
7.2.
    	
Rules and Procedures
    	
25
    
	
7.3.
    	
Maximum Amount of Loan
    	
25
    
	
7.4.
    	
Minimum Amount of Loan; Number of Loans; Frequency of   Loans; Fees for Loans
    	
25
    
	
7.5.
    	
Note; Security; Interest
    	
25
    
	
7.6.
    	
Repayment
    	
26
    
	
7.7.
    	
Repayment upon Distribution
    	
26
    
	
7.8.
    	
Default
    	
27
    
	
7.9.
    	
Nondiscrimination
    	
27
    
	
7.10.
    	
Source of Loan Proceeds
    	
27
    
	
7.11.
    	
Reinvestment of Loan Repayments
    	
27
    
	
ARTICLE   8.  BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT, DEATH OR   SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT
    	
27
    
	
8.1.
    	
Retirement
    	
27
    
	
8.2.
    	
Severance from Employment for Reasons other than Death or   Retirement
    	
27
    
	
8.3.
    	
Time of Distributions
    	
29
    
	
8.4.
    	
Amount and Manner of Distribution
    	
30
    
	
8.5.
    	
Distributions After a Participant’s Death
    	
33
    
	
8.6.
    	
Designation of Beneficiary
    	
35
    
	
8.7.
    	
Special Distribution Requirement
    	
36
    
	
ARTICLE   9.  ADMINISTRATION
    	
36
    
	
9.1.
    	
Board of Review
    	
36
    
	
9.2.
    	
Investment Committee
    	
36
    
	
9.3.
    	
Administrator
    	
37
    
	
9.4.
    	
Powers of Administrator
    	
37
    
	
9.5.
    	
Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority
    	
38
    
	
9.6.
    	
Reliance on Tables, etc.
    	
38
    
	
9.7.
    	
Claims and Review Procedures
    	
38
    
	
9.8.
    	
Indemnification
    	
38
    
	
9.9.
    	
Expenses and Compensation
    	
39
    
	
9.10.
    	
Notices; Participant Information
    	
39
    
	
ARTICLE   10.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    	
39
    
	
10.1.
    	
Amendment
    	
39
    
	
10.2.
    	
Termination
    	
40
    
	
10.3.
    	
Distributions upon Termination of the Plan
    	
40
    
	
10.4.
    	
Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets
    	
40
    
	
ARTICLE   11.  LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
    	
41
    
	
11.1.
    	
Code Section 404 Limits
    	
41
    
	
11.2.
    	
Code Section 415 Limits
    	
41
    
	
11.3.
    	
Code Section 402(g) Limits
    	
41
    
	
11.4.
    	
Code Section 401(k)(3) Limits
    	
42
    
	
11.5.
    	
Code Section 401(m) Limits
    	
45
    

 

2

 

	
11.6.
    	
Aggregation Rules
    	
48
    
	
ARTICLE   12.  ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER   CONTRIBUTIONS
    	
48
    
	
12.1.
    	
Contribution of Amount Distributed from Another Qualified   Plan
    	
48
    
	
12.2.
    	
Transfer of Amount Distributed from a Rollover IRA
    	
49
    
	
12.3.
    	
Monitoring of Rollovers
    	
49
    
	
12.4.
    	
Transfer Contribution
    	
49
    
	
12.5.
    	
Treatment of Transferred Amount under the Plan
    	
50
    
	
12.6.
    	
Non-Spouse Rollovers
    	
50
    
	
ARTICLE   13.  SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
    	
50
    
	
13.1.
    	
Provisions to Apply
    	
50
    
	
13.2.
    	
Minimum Contribution
    	
50
    
	
13.3.
    	
Special Vesting Schedule
    	
51
    
	
13.4.
    	
Definitions
    	
51
    
	
13.5.
    	
Separate Top Heavy Determinations for Subsidiaries
    	
53
    
	
ARTICLE   14.  MISCELLANEOUS
    	
53
    
	
14.1.
    	
Exclusive Benefit Rule
    	
53
    
	
14.2.
    	
Limitation of Rights
    	
54
    
	
14.4.
    	
Changes in Vesting Schedule
    	
54
    
	
14.5.
    	
Governing Law
    	
55
    
	
ARTICLE   15.  DEFINITIONS
    	
55
    
	
15.1.
    	
Abbott Plan
    	
55
    
	
15.2.
    	
Accounts
    	
55
    
	
15.3.
    	
Administrator
    	
55
    
	
15.4.
    	
Affiliated Corporation
    	
55
    
	
15.5.
    	
After-Tax Contribution Account
    	
55
    
	
15.6.
    	
Alternate Payee
    	
55
    
	
15.7.
    	
Basic After-Tax Contribution
    	
55
    
	
15.8.
    	
Basic After-Tax Contribution Account
    	
55
    
	
15.9.
    	
Basic Contribution
    	
56
    
	
15.10.
    	
Basic Pre-Tax Contribution
    	
56
    
	
15.11.
    	
Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account
    	
56
    
	
15.12.
    	
Beneficiary
    	
56
    
	
15.13.
    	
Board of Directors
    	
56
    
	
15.14.
    	
Board of Review
    	
56
    
	
15.15.
    	
Break Year
    	
56
    
	
15.16.
    	
Catch-Up Contributions
    	
56
    
	
15.17.
    	
Code
    	
56
    
	
15.18.
    	
Company Stock
    	
56
    
	
15.19.
    	
Compensation
    	
56
    
	
15.20.
    	
Contribution Agreement
    	
57
    
	
15.21.
    	
Corporation
    	
58
    
	
15.22.
    	
Division
    	
58
    
	
15.23.
    	
Effective Date
    	
58
    
	
15.24.
    	
Eligible Employee
    	
58
    
	
15.25.
    	
Employee
    	
59
    

 

3

 

	
15.26.
    	
Employer
    	
59
    
	
15.27.
    	
Employer Contributions
    	
59
    
	
15.28.
    	
Employer Contribution Account
    	
59
    
	
15.29.
    	
Entry Date
    	
59
    
	
15.30.
    	
ERISA
    	
59
    
	
15.31.
    	
Entry Date
    	
59
    
	
15.32.
    	
Highly Compensated Employee
    	
59
    
	
15.33.
    	
Hour of Service
    	
60
    
	
15.34.
    	
Investment Committee
    	
60
    
	
15.35.
    	
Investment Fund
    	
60
    
	
15.36.
    	
Normal Retirement Age
    	
60
    
	
15.37.
    	
Participant
    	
60
    
	
15.38.
    	
Period of Credited Service
    	
60
    
	
15.39.
    	
Plan
    	
65
    
	
15.40.
    	
Plan Year
    	
65
    
	
15.41.
    	
Point Value
    	
65
    
	
15.42.
    	
Pre-Tax Contribution Account
    	
65
    
	
15.43.
    	
Pre-Tax Contributions
    	
65
    
	
15.44.
    	
Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    	
65
    
	
15.45.
    	
Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution
    	
65
    
	
15.46.
    	
Regulation
    	
65
    
	
15.47.
    	
Retirement Program
    	
65
    
	
15.48.
    	
Rollover Contribution Account
    	
66
    
	
15.49.
    	
Rollover Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.50.
    	
Roth Catch-Up Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.51.
    	
Roth Conversion Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.52.
    	
Roth 401(k) Account
    	
66
    
	
15.53.
    	
Roth 401(k) Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.54.
    	
Roth Rollover Contribution Account
    	
66
    
	
15.55.
    	
Section
    	
66
    
	
15.56.
    	
Subsidiary
    	
66
    
	
15.57.
    	
Supplemental After-Tax Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.58.
    	
Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account
    	
66
    
	
15.59.
    	
Supplemental Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.60.
    	
Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution
    	
66
    
	
15.61.
    	
Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account
    	
66
    
	
15.62.
    	
Transfer Contribution
    	
67
    
	
15.63.
    	
Transfer Contribution Account
    	
67
    
	
15.64.
    	
Transferred Employees
    	
67
    
	
15.65.
    	
Trust
    	
67
    
	
15.66.
    	
Trustee
    	
67
    
	
15.67.
    	
Unallocated Account
    	
67
    
	
15.68.
    	
Valuation Date
    	
67
    
	
15.69.
    	
Year of Credited Service
    	
67
    
	
Supplement A — Special Rules   Related to Transfer from Abbott Laboratories Plan
    	
1
    

 

4

 

ARTICLE 1.  INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.                            Purpose.  The Plan and its related trust are intended to constitute a profit sharing plan and trust under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “U.S. Code”), with a cash or deferred arrangement under U.S. Code Section 401(k), and the portion of the Plan comprising the Company Stock Fund is intended to constitute an employee stock ownership plan which satisfies the applicable requirements of U.S. Code Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7), and the provisions of the Plan and Trust shall be construed and applied accordingly.

 

1.2.                            History of the Plan.  The Plan was originally established by AbbVie, Inc. (the “Corporation”), effective on the Effective Date, to facilitate the retirement of eligible participating employees by providing benefits which reinforce those available to such employees under the AbbVie Annuity Retirement Plan and other AbbVie retirement benefits.  The Plan was established in connection with the distribution by Abbott Laboratories (“Abbott”) as a dividend to its shareholders all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation pursuant to a Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Abbott and the company.

 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Corporation was a participating employer in the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan.  Supplement A sets forth special terms and conditions related to the Transferred Employees and the assets and liabilities of employees and former employees who participated in the Prior Plan and whose Accounts were transferred to this Plan effective as of the Effective Date.

 

The Plan applies to Eligible Employees of the Corporation and of all Subsidiaries and Divisions that participate in the Plan.  The Plan will also apply to Eligible Employees of any Subsidiary or Division that is designated by the Board of Review to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 2.6, from and after the effective date of such designation.

 

1.3.                            Rights Under Plan.  Except as otherwise specifically provided, the benefits provided under the Plan for any Participant who retires or whose employment with the Employers otherwise terminates will be governed in all respects by the terms of the Plan or the Abbott Plan as in effect on the date of his or her retirement or other termination of employment.

 

 

ARTICLE 2.  PARTICIPATION

 

2.1.                            Date of Participation.  Each individual who was a Participant in the Abbott Plan and whose Accounts are transferred to this Plan effective on the Effective Date, shall be a Participant in the Plan as set forth in Supplement A.  Each other Employee shall become a Participant on any Entry Date following his or her date of hire after he or she has completed the applicable forms under Sections 2.2 and 3.4.

 

2.2.                            Enrollment of Participants.  An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant by signing an application form furnished by the Administrator within 30 days after he or she receives the application, or by such other means as the Administrator establishes for enrollment.  Such application shall authorize the Participant’s Employer to deduct from his or her Compensation (or reduce his or her Compensation by) the contributions required under Section 3.2 or 3.3, whichever is applicable.

 

2.3.                            Re-employment of Participant.  If an Employee’s employment with the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary should terminate and such Employee is subsequently re-employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, the following shall apply:

 

(a)                                 If the re-employment occurs before the Employee has a Break Year, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated, the period of his or her absence (but not to exceed 12 months) shall be included in his or her Period of Credited Service, and he or she will be reinstated as a Participant on his or her date of reemployment, if the Participant is an Eligible Employee on that date.

 

(b)                                 If an Employee is reemployed after a Break Year, and at the time of termination he or she was not a Participant in the Plan, then:

 

(i)                                     If the Employee’s Years of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination exceeds his or her number of consecutive Break Years, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated.

 

(ii)                                  If the Employee’s number of consecutive Break Years equals or exceeds the greater of 5 years or the aggregate Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination, the Employee shall be considered as a new Employee for all purposes of the Plan and any Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled prior to the date of termination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)                                  If an Employee is reemployed after a Break Year, and at the time of termination he or she was a Participant in the Plan, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated.

 

2

 

(d)                                 If a Participant is transferred or is given a leave of absence for a temporary or indefinite period for the purpose of becoming an Employee of a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Corporation which is not an Employer hereunder, and such Participant is not treated as an Eligible Employee under Section 15.23(b), he or she will continue as a Participant until his or her retirement date or earlier termination of service with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries, except that during such period the Employee may not make any contributions and will not be credited with any Employer contributions except for a pro rata share of his or her Employer’s contributions for the year in which the transfer is made or the leave began, as the case may be, based upon his or her own contributions and service up to the date of such transfer or the date such leave began, as the case may be.  If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries is terminated by reason of his or her death, retirement or otherwise while he or she is employed by the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary which is not an Employer hereunder, the Participant will be considered to have terminated his or her employment with the Employers at the same time and for the same reason.

 

(e)                                  In the case of maternity or paternity absence (as defined below), an Employee shall be deemed to be employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation, or any Subsidiary (solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee has incurred a Break Year) during the calendar year following the calendar year in which his or her employment terminated.  A “maternity or paternity absence” means an Employee’s absence from work because of the pregnancy of the Employee or birth of a child of the Employee, the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or for purposes of caring for the child immediately following such birth or placement.  The Administrator may require the Employee to furnish such information as the Administrator considers necessary to establish that the employee’s absence was for one of the reasons specified above.

 

2.4.                            Duration of Participation.  An individual who has become a Participant under the Plan will remain a Participant for as long as an Account is maintained under the Plan for his or her benefit, or until his or her death, if earlier.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and unless otherwise expressly provided for under the Plan, no contributions under the Plan shall be made on behalf of any Participant, unless the Participant is an Eligible Employee at the time for which the contribution or allocation is made.

 

2.5.                            Participant Restricted Due to Conflict of Interest.  If a conflict of interest as defined in subsection (d) should arise with respect to any Participant:

 

(a)                                 Such Participant shall continue as a Participant until his or her retirement date or earlier termination of service with the Employer, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, except that during the period of such conflict of interest such 

 

3

 

                                                Participant shall make no Basic After-Tax Contributions, such Participant’s Employer shall make no Basic Pre-Tax Contributions on his or her behalf, and such Participant shall be credited with no Employer Contributions except for a pro rata share of his or her Employer’s Employer Contributions for the year in which such conflict arises, based on his or her Basic Contributions and service to the date such conflict arises.

 

(b)                                 Such Participant must, within 30 days after notice from the Administrator, elect to have 100% of the value of the shares of Company Stock credited to his or her Accounts transferred to the stable value fund or one of the other investment options available under the Plan (other than Company Stock).  If the Participant fails to make such election, such shares shall be sold and the sale proceeds shall be transferred to the default Investment Fund selected under Section 5.5.  Any Basic After-Tax Contributions, Basic Pre-Tax Contributions and pro-rata Employer Contributions, any Supplemental After-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions designated by the Participant under Section 5.1 to be invested in shares of Company Stock, and any dividends on shares of Company Stock held in the Participant’s Accounts, made for or paid during the calendar year in which such conflict of interest arises, shall likewise be transferred to the investment option the Participant selects under the first sentence of this subsection (b) or to the default Investment Fund referred to in the second sentence.  These transfers shall not be subject to any of the investment restrictions or transition rules described in Section 5.3.

 

(c)                                  Such Participant may elect to make Supplemental After-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions during the period of such conflict of interest, notwithstanding the suspension of Basic After-Tax Contributions and Basic Pre-Tax Contributions under subsection (a), provided that no such contributions may be invested in shares of Company Stock.

 

(d)                                 A “conflict of interest” means a business, professional, family or other relationship involving the Participant, which, as a result of statute, ordinance, regulation or generally recognized professional standard or rule requires divestiture by the Participant of shares of Company Stock.  The existence or nonexistence of a conflict of interest for purposes of this Section 2.5 shall be determined by the Administrator, which determination shall be final and binding on all persons.  Any determination made under this subsection (d) shall have no effect on the application of any human resources or corporate policies of any Employer regarding conflict of interest.

 

2.6.                            Participation by Additional Participating Employers.  The Board of Review may extend the Plan to any nonparticipating Division by filing with the Trustee and the Investment Committee a certified copy of an appropriate resolution by the Board of Review to that effect.  Any Subsidiary or Affiliated Corporation may adopt the Plan and become a participating Employer hereunder by:

 

4

 

(a)                                 filing with the Board of Review, the Trustee and the Investment Committee a written instrument to that effect, and;

 

(b)                                 filing with the Trustee and the Investment Committee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Review consenting to such action.

 

At the time the Plan is extended to any Division of the Corporation or is adopted by any Subsidiary or Affiliated Corporation or any time thereafter, the Board of Review may modify the Plan or any of its terms as applied to said Division, Subsidiary, or Affiliated Corporation and its employees.  The Board of Review may include in the Plan any employee of any prior separate business entity, part or all of which was acquired by or becomes a part of any Employer.  To the extent and on the terms so provided by the Board of Review at the time of acquisition, or at any subsequent date or in any Supplement to the Plan, the last continuous period of employment of any employee with such prior separate business entity, part or all of which is or was acquired by, or becomes a part of any Employer, will be considered a Period of Credited Service.

 

2.7.                            Securities Law Restrictions.

 

(a)                                 The Administrator may, from time to time, impose such restrictions on participation in the Plan, as the Administrator deems advisable, to facilitate compliance with federal and state securities laws, to secure exemption under any rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or to comply with the Corporation’s corporate policy with respect to “blackout periods” related to Company Stock.  Such restrictions shall apply to all Participants or to such individual Participants as the Administrator shall determine in his or her sole discretion and may include but shall not be limited to (i) moratoriums on purchases, sales, withdrawals or distributions of Company Stock; (ii) moratoriums on loans and transfers into and out of Company Stock; and (iii) suspensions of Basic Contributions and Supplemental Contributions allocated to Company Stock.

 

(b)                                 Any Participant for whom Basic Contributions are suspended under Section 2.7(a) may elect to make or continue making Supplemental Contributions, provided that no such contributions may be invested in shares of Company Stock.

 

ARTICLE 3.  CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.1.                            Participant Contributions.  Except as provided in Sections 2.5 and 2.7, each Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 may have Basic Contributions made to the Plan on his or her behalf as described in Section 3.2 and may elect to have Supplemental Contributions made to the Plan on his or her behalf as described in Section 3.3; provided, however, that a Participant may make Supplemental Contributions only if Basic Contributions are concurrently being made.

 

3.2.                            Basic Contributions.  Except as provided in Sections 2.5 and 2.7, each Participant 

 

5

 

who is an Eligible Employee may enter into a Contribution Agreement with the Employer under which the Participant’s Compensation for each pay period shall be reduced by 2%, and the Employer will contribute to the Trust an equal amount as a Basic Pre-Tax Contribution, or as a Basic After-Tax Contribution, as the Participant elects.  For purposes of this Section 3.2, Compensation shall be limited to that portion of his or her Compensation as is determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Board of Review.  Each Participant who makes such contributions shall be eligible to share in the Employer Contributions under Section 3.7.

 

3.3.                            Supplemental Contributions.  Only those Participants who make the Basic Contributions required under Section 3.2 may make Supplemental Contributions.  All Supplemental Contributions shall be made in multiples of 1% of the Participant’s Compensation, provided that a Participant’s Supplemental Contributions may not exceed 25% of his or her Compensation.  The Participant shall elect in the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.4 to make such contributions as Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions, Supplemental After-Tax Contributions, or both, as applicable.  No Employer Contributions under Section 3.7 shall be made with respect to Supplemental Contributions.

 

3.4.                            Contribution Agreements.  Each Contribution Agreement shall be on a form prescribed or approved by the Administrator or in such manner as the Administrator finds acceptable, and may be entered into, changed or revoked by the Participant, with such prior notice as the Administrator may prescribe, as of the first day of any pay period with respect to Compensation payable thereafter.  A Contribution Agreement shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable to a Participant after the date determined by the Administrator, but not earlier than the date the Agreement is entered into.  The Administrator may reject, amend or revoke the Contribution Agreement of any Participant if the Administrator determines that the rejection, amendment or revocation is necessary to ensure that the limitations referred to in Section 3.10 and Article 11 are not exceeded.

 

3.5.                            Catch-Up Contributions.  Each Participant who is eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions under the Plan and who has attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code.  Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code.  The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions.

 

3.6.                            Roth Contributions.  The Plan is intended to constitute a “qualified Roth contribution program” as defined in Section 402A(b) of the Code.  A Participant may elect to make Roth 401(k) Contributions, Roth Catch-Up Contributions and Roth Conversion Contributions (each as defined below), subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, the Administrator’s rules and the following:

 

(a)                                 Roth 401(k) Contributions.  “Roth 401(k) Contributions” are a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions that are included in the Participant’s gross income at the time 

 

6

 

                                                deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth 401(k) Contributions by the Participant in his or her Contribution Agreement.  Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions (either Basic Pre-Tax Contributions or Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions, as applicable) for all purposes of the Plan, except that a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions will be maintained in a separate Roth 401(k) Account containing only the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions and Roth Catch-Up Contributions (as defined in (b) below), if any, and gains and losses attributable to such contributions.

 

(b)                                 Roth Catch-Up Contributions.  Participants who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Roth Catch-Up Contributions under the plan.  “Roth Catch-Up Contributions” are a Participant’s Catch-Up Contributions that are included in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Catch-Up Contributions in his or her Contribution Agreement.  Roth Catch-Up Contributions shall be treated as Catch-Up Contributions for all purposes of the Plan, except that a Participant’s Roth Catch-Up Contributions and gains and losses attributable to such contributions will be maintained in the separate account containing the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions.

 

(c)                                  Roth Conversion Contributions.  Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan and the Administrator’s rules and procedures, a Participant may elect to convert amounts in the Participant’s Accounts that are eligible for conversion (as described below) into ‘Roth Conversion Contributions’ to be held in the Participant’s ‘Roth Conversion Contribution Account.’  The term ‘Roth Conversion Contributions’ means amounts held in a Participant’s Accounts, other than amounts already held in a Roth Account, that the Participant irrevocably designates as Roth contributions under Section 402A(c)(4) of the Code.  Amounts are eligible for conversion to Roth Conversion Contributions to the extent they are available for distribution under the Plan as an eligible rollover distribution under Section 402(c)(4) of the Code.  In addition, to the extent permitted under the Code:

 

(i)                                     amounts in a Participant’s After-Tax Contribution Accounts and Rollover Contribution Accounts that are not otherwise available for distribution under Plan may be converted at any time; and

 

(ii)                                  amounts in a Participant’s Employer Contribution Accounts that are not otherwise available for distribution under the Plan may be converted in accordance with the following: (A) all amounts may be converted if such Participant has participated in the Plan for at least 5 years, or (B) amounts maintained in the Plan for at least two years may be converted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s outstanding loan balance is not eligible for conversion.  Amounts held in a Participant’s Roth Conversion 

 

7

 

Contributions Accounts retain the same distribution rights as prior to the conversion and, except as provided herein, shall be included in a Participant’s Accounts for all Plan purposes, including the valuation of the Participant’s Accounts for purposes of Section 8.3.

 

3.7.                            Employer Contributions.  The Employers shall make Employer Contributions to the Trust for the benefit of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee at any time during the payroll period and on whose behalf Basic Contributions have been made at any time during the payroll period.  The amount of Employer Contributions made by the Employers for a payroll period shall be that amount allocated to the Plan under Section 1.4 of the Preamble to the AbbVie Savings Program for such payroll period.  The Trustee shall invest such Employer Contributions in Company Stock or Investment Funds as described in Article 5.

 

3.8.                            Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions.  At the direction of the Corporation, an Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions to the Trust for a Plan Year either (a) on behalf of all Participants for whom Pre-Tax Contributions are made for the Plan Year, or (b) on behalf of only those Participants for whom Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year are made and who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, as the Board of Review shall determine.  Except as otherwise expressly provided for, any Qualified Non-elective Employer Contribution shall be treated as a Pre-Tax Contribution for all purposes under the Plan. Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions may be made pursuant to this Section 3.8, (i) with respect only to Participants who are employed by any Subsidiary which is not an Affiliated Corporation, (ii) with respect only to Participants who are employed by Employers which are Affiliated Corporations, or (iii) with respect to Participants described in both (i) and (ii).  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, a Qualified Non-elective Employer Contribution may only be made if it complies with the requirements of the Regulations issued under Code sections 401(k) and 401(m), including 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) and 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).

 

3.9.                            Time for Making and Crediting of Contributions.  Basic and Supplemental Pre-Tax and After-Tax Contributions for any calendar month will be withheld from the Participants’ Compensation through payroll deductions and will be paid in cash to the Trust as soon as such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the Employers, but in any event no later than the 15th business day of the next following month.  Such contributions will be credited to the Participants’ respective Pre-Tax Contribution and After-Tax Contribution Accounts as of the earlier of (a) the date such contributions are received by the Trust and (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Compensation is paid.  In addition, and subject to the limits provided in Section 3.3, a Participant may make Supplemental After-Tax Contributions by delivering to the Trustee a certified check in the amount of such contribution and the contribution shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account as of the date it is received by the Trustee. Any Employer Contributions or Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions for a Plan Year will be contributed to the Trust at such time as the Corporation determines, but no later than the time prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the Corporation’s federal income tax return for its taxable year in or with which the Plan Year ends.  Such contributions will be credited to the Employer Contribution Accounts or Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, respectively, of Participants on whose behalf they 

 

8

 

are made at such time as the Corporation determines, but no later than the last day of such Plan Year.

 

3.10.                     Certain Limits Apply.  All contributions to this Plan are subject to the applicable limits set forth under Code sections 401(k), 401(m), 402(g), 404, and 415, as further described in Article 11.

 

3.11.                     Return of Contributions.  No property of the Trust or contributions made by the Employers pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall revert to the Employers or be used for any purpose other than providing benefits to Eligible Employees or their Beneficiaries and defraying the expenses of the Plan and the Trust, except as follows:

 

(a)                                 Upon request of the Corporation, contributions made to the Plan before the issuance of a favorable determination letter by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the initial qualification of the Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code may be returned to the contributing Employer, with all attributable earnings, within one year after the Internal Revenue Service refuses in writing to issue such a letter.

 

(b)                                 Any amount contributed under the Plan by an Employer by a mistake of fact as determined by the Employer may be returned to such Employer upon its request, within one year after its payment to the Trust.

 

(c)                                  Any amount contributed under the Plan by an Employer on the condition of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code may be returned to such Employer upon its request, within one year after the Internal Revenue Service disallows the deduction in writing.

 

(d)                                 Earnings attributable to contributions returnable under paragraph (b) or (c) shall not be returned to the Employer, and any losses attributable to those contributions shall reduce the amount returned.

 

In no event shall the return of a contribution hereunder cause any Participant’s Accounts to be reduced to less than they would have been had the mistaken or nondeductible amount not been contributed.  No return of a contribution hereunder shall be made more than one year after the mistaken payment of the contribution, or disallowance of the deduction, as the case may be.

 

3.12.                     Special Limits for Corporate Officers.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, impose additional limits on the percentages of Compensation which may be contributed to the Plan by, or on behalf of, Corporate Officers, provided that such additional limits are lower than the limits applicable to other Participants.  The amount and terms of such limits shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, need not be the same for all Corporate Officers and may be changed or repealed by the Administrator at any time.  For purposes of this Section 3.12, the term “Corporate Officer” shall mean an individual elected an officer of the Corporation by its Board of Directors but shall not 

 

9

 

include assistant officers.

 

ARTICLE 4.  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

 

4.1.                            Accounts.  The Administrator will establish and maintain (or cause the Trustee to establish and maintain) for each Participant a Basic After-Tax Contribution Account, a Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account, a Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account, a Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account, a Catch-Up Contribution Account, an Employer Contribution Account, a Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable), a Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable), a Roth 401(k) Account, a Roth Rollover Account, a Roth Conversion Contribution Account and such other accounts or sub-accounts as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate.  All such Accounts shall be referred to collectively as the “Accounts”.

 

4.2.                            Adjustment of Accounts.  Except as hereafter provided in this Section 4.2, as of each Valuation Date, the Administrator or Trustee, as the case may be, shall adjust the balances of each Account maintained under the Plan on a uniform and consistent basis to reflect the contributions, distributions, income, expense, and changes in the fair market value of the assets attributable to such Account since the prior Valuation Date, in such reasonable manner as the Administrator or Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer Contributions made to the Unallocated Account, Company Stock acquired under Section 3.7 with such Employer Contributions, and dividends paid on such Company Stock will not be valued as of each Valuation Date, but will be allocated to the Participants’ Accounts only as of the end of the Plan Year in accordance with Section 3.7 and thereafter such amounts will be valued in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 4.2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent that Participants’ Accounts are invested in mutual funds or other assets for which daily pricing is available (“Daily Pricing Media”), all amounts contributed to the Trust will be invested at the time of their actual receipt by the Daily Pricing Media, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the results of such daily pricing from the time of actual receipt until the time of distribution.  Investment elections and changes made pursuant to Section 5.6 shall be effective upon receipt by the Daily Pricing Media.  References elsewhere in the Plan to the investment of contributions “as of” a date other than that described in this Section 4.2 shall apply only to the extent, if any, that assets of the Trust are not invested in Daily Pricing Media.

 

ARTICLE 5.  INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

5.1.                            Company Stock.  The Plan shall provide a Company Stock fund as a permanent feature of the Plan. The Company Stock fund shall be invested exclusively in Company Stock (other than for the purpose of maintaining sufficient liquidity to provide for distributions, withdrawals, and transfers under the Plan) without regard to (1) the diversification of assets of the Plan and Trust, (2) the risk profile of Company Stock, (3) the amount of income provided by Company Stock, or (4) the fluctuation in the fair market value of Company Stock, unless the Investment Committee determines that there is a serious question concerning the short-term viability of the Company as a going concern.

 

10

 

A Participant may direct that some or all of his or her Employer Contributions, Basic Contributions, Supplemental Contributions, Rollover Contributions (if applicable) or Transfer Contributions (if applicable) be invested in shares of Company Stock.  Company Stock shall be purchased and sold by the Trustee on the open market or from the Corporation in accordance with stock trading procedures established by the Investment Committee and agreed to by the Trustee.

 

5.2.                            Other Investment Funds.  Other than with respect to the Company Stock fund and subject to Section 5.1, the Investment Committee may, from time to time, direct the Trustee to establish one or more Investment Funds, which may include registered investment companies (including those for which the Trustee or an affiliate is the investment advisor, principal underwriter or distributor), group trusts for the collective investment of pension and profit sharing plans which are qualified under section 401(a) of the Code, other pooled Investment Funds, and such other investments as may be determined by the Investment Committee.  A Participant may direct that some or all of his or her Basic Contributions, Supplemental Contributions, Rollover Contributions or Transfer Contributions be invested in one or more of the Investment Funds available under the Plan in such increments and in such manner as the Investment Committee and the Trustee establish in investment procedures.  A Participant may instruct the Trustee that amounts held in his or her Accounts that are invested in Company Stock be transferred to and invested in one or more of the Investment Funds established under this Section 5.2.  Any amounts held in a Participant’s Accounts may be invested or reinvested in Company Stock or any of the Investment Funds then available under the Plan in accordance with the procedures established under Section 5.4.

 

5.3.                            Investment of Employer Contributions and Reinvestment of Company Stock.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, any Employer Contribution made under the Plan to a Participant shall be invested on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Participant’s investment election(s) in effect for his or her Pre-Tax or Roth 401(k) Contributions at the time the Employer Contribution is made.  If a Participant’s Accounts consist solely of After-Tax Contributions, then any Employer Contribution made under the Plan to such Participant shall be invested on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Participant’s investment election(s) in effect for his or her After-Tax Contributions at the time the Employer Contribution is made.  A Participant may direct the Trustee to liquidate all or a portion of the Company Stock held in his or her Accounts and reinvest the proceeds in any of the other Investment Funds described in Section 5.2 in accordance with the procedures established under Section 5.4.

 

5.4.                            Investment Elections.  Subject to Sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3, a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee may make or change investment instructions with respect to the portion of the Accounts over which he or she has investment direction at such times and at such frequency as the Administrator shall permit in accordance with investment procedures established for the Plan.  Such investment instructions shall be in writing or in such other form as is acceptable to the Trustee.

 

5.5.                            Default Investment Fund.  The Administrator shall from time to time identify one or more of the Investment Funds as the default Investment Fund into which all contributions, for 

 

11

 

which the Participant has the right to direct investment, shall be invested if the Participant fails to provide complete and clear investment instructions for such contributions.  Such contributions shall remain in the default Investment Fund until the Trustee receives investment instructions from the Participant in a form acceptable to the Trustee.

 

5.6.                            Participant Direction of Investments.  To the extent that this Article 5 does not prohibit a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee from directing the investment of his or her Accounts, the Plan is intended to be a participant-directed plan and to comply with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and the Department of Labor Regulations 2550.404c-1 as a participant-directed plan.  To the extent this Section 5.6 applies, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee from time to time with respect to such investments pursuant to the instructions of the Participant (or, if applicable, the Alternate Payee, or the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary), but the Trustee may refuse to honor any investment instruction if such instruction would cause the Plan to engage in a prohibited transaction (as described in Code section 4975(c)) or cause the Trust to be subject to income tax. The Administrator shall prescribe the form upon which, or such other manner in which such instructions shall be made, as well as the frequency with which such instructions may be made or changed and the dates as of which such instructions shall be effective.  The Board of Review reserves the right to amend the Plan to remove the right of Participants, Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees to give investment instructions with respect to their Accounts.  Nothing contained herein shall provide for the voting of shares of Company Stock by any Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, except as otherwise provided in the Trust. For any period in which the Plan is an “applicable defined contribution plan” as defined in Code Section 401(a)(35) by virtue of the Plan holding applicable publicly traded employer securities, the Corporation shall permit Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees to direct the investment of their accounts under rules and procedures that comply with Code Section 401(a)(35) and applicable Regulations issued thereunder.

 

5.7.                            ESOP Portion of the Plan.  As further described in this Section 5.7, a portion of the Plan is a stock bonus plan as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401-1(h)(1)(iii) and a non-leveraged ESOP satisfying the requirements of Sections 401(a), 409, and 4975(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The ESOP portion of the Plan is designed to be invested primarily in shares of Company Stock.  The ESOP portion of the Plan shall consist of all amounts credited to Participants’ Accounts that are invested in the Company Stock fund.  The non-ESOP portion of the Plan consists of all amounts credited to Participants’ accounts that are not in the ESOP portion of the Plan.  The following special rules apply with respect to the ESOP portion of the Plan:

 

(a)                                 Accounts.  The Committee shall maintain such accounts and subaccounts as are deemed necessary or appropriate to reflect the value of Participants’ Accounts in each of the ESOP and non-ESOP portions of the Plan.

 

(b)                                 Voting Rights.  Each Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) shall have the right to direct the Trustee with respect to the voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares of Company Stock allocated to his or her Account as provided in Section 5.10 and in the Trust.

 

12

 

(c)                                  Dividends.  Dividends paid on shares of Company Stock shall be allocated or distributed as provided in Section 5.8.

 

(d)                                 “Put” Option.  The following provisions of this subparagraph (d) shall apply only during periods when shares of Company Stock are not listed on a national securities exchange registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are not quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act.  When distribution of shares of Company Stock is made, the Participant or Beneficiary to whom the distribution is made (and a donee of the Participant) shall be granted at the time that such shares are distributed, an option to “put” the shares to the Company; provided, that the Company may grant the Trust the option to assume the rights and obligations of the Company at the time the “put” option is exercised.  A “put” option shall provide that, for a period of sixty days after such shares are distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary (and, if the “put” is not exercised within such sixty day period, for an additional period of sixty days in the following Plan Year), the Participant or Beneficiary (and a donee of the Participant) would have the right to have the Company purchase such shares at their fair market value.  Such “put” option shall be exercised by notifying the Company in writing.  The terms of payment for the purchase of such shares of Company Stock shall be as set forth in the “put” and shall be as follows:  (i) in the case of shares of Company Stock that are distributed to the distributee as part of a total distribution (as defined below), payment will be made in substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) over a period beginning not later than thirty days after the put is exercised and not exceeding 5 years, and (ii) in the case of shares of Company Stock that are not distributed to the distributee as a part of a total distribution, payment will be made within thirty days after the put is exercised.  For purposes of this subparagraph (d), a “total distribution” means the distribution within one calendar year of the balance to the credit of the distributee’s account.  The period during which the put option is exercisable does not include any time during which the distributee is unable to exercise it because the party bound by the put option is prohibited from honoring it by applicable Federal or state law.  If payment is made in installments, adequate security and a reasonable rate of interest must be provided to the distributee.

 

(e)                                  Diversification.  A Participant may direct the Trustee to transfer investments in the Company Stock to one or more of the investment funds otherwise offered under the Plan in accordance with Article 5 of the Plan.

 

(f)                                   Distribution.  A Participant’s accounts in the ESOP portion of the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, however, a Participant’s account balances in the ESOP portion of the Plan shall commence to be distributed, unless the Participant elects otherwise, not later than 1 year after the close of the Plan Year 

 

13

 

                                                (i) in which the Participant separates from service by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, disability, or death, or (ii) which is the 5th year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service (unless he is rehired).

 

5.8.                            Dividends on Company Stock.  Except with respect to shares of Company Stock acquired during the Plan Year and held in the Unallocated Account, cash dividends on shares of Company Stock shall be:  (a) paid in cash to Participants or Beneficiaries, (b) paid to the Plan and distributed in cash to Participants or Beneficiaries not later than 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid, or (c) paid to the Plan and credited to the applicable Accounts in which the shares are held, as elected by each Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with rules established by the Administrator.  Cash dividends on such Stock which are not paid or distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries and cash proceeds from the sale of any rights or warrants received with respect to such Stock shall be invested in shares of Company Stock when such dividends or proceeds are received by the Trust, and thereafter such shares shall be credited to such Accounts based on the average cost of all shares purchased with such dividends or proceeds.  Stock dividends or “split-ups” and rights or warrants appertaining to such shares shall be credited to the applicable Accounts when received by the Trust.  Cash dividends received with respect to shares of Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account and cash proceeds from the sale of rights or warrants received with respect to such Company Stock shall be reinvested in Company Stock and allocated under Section 3.7, to the extent not used to pay expenses of the Plan.  Any stock dividends or “split-ups” (and any rights or warrants unless sooner sold) appertaining to shares of Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account will be held in the Unallocated Account until the end of the Plan Year and allocated under Section 3.7.

 

5.9.                            Investment Options for Former M & R Employees.  Effective April 3, 1996 (or such subsequent date as the Administrator determines in his or her sole discretion), Participants (and any Beneficiaries of deceased Participants or Alternate Payees with respect to such Participants or deceased Participants) who have Accounts formerly held in the M & R Retirement Trust (“M & R Accounts”) and who had special investment options described in Supplement A of the Prior Plan, shall reinvest their Accounts in one or more of the investment options described in Section 5.1 and 5.2.  If at the end of the transition period established by the Administrator for such reinvestment, any portion of such M & R Accounts has not been reinvested pursuant to the prior sentence, then the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to liquidate the investments in such Accounts and transfer the proceeds to one or more default investment funds designated by the Administrator.

 

5.10.                     Voting of Company Stock.  Each Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to direct the manner in which shares of Company Stock credited to his or her Account are to be voted, as provided in the Trust.

 

14

 

ARTICLE 6.  WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT

 

6.1.                            Inservice Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions.  For purposes of Code Section 72, all amounts held in a Participant’s After-Tax Contribution Accounts that are attributable to Basic or Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made after 1986 (including earnings) shall be considered a “separate contract”.  In addition, for purposes of applying the withdrawal provisions set forth in this Section 6.1(a), (b) and (c), a Participant’s Accounts containing Company Stock shall be separate and distinct from all other Investment Funds in such Accounts, such that a Participant can elect under Sections 6.1(a), (b) and (c) to withdraw all of the Participant’s Company Stock without withdrawing any of the other Investment Funds or all of the Participant’s Investment Funds (in other than Company Stock) without withdrawing any Company Stock, or any combination of Company Stock or other Investment Funds as the Participant may elect.  If the Participant’s non-Company Stock funds are in more than one Investment Fund, then such withdrawal shall be made proportionately from all such Investment Funds.  Subject to the foregoing, a Participant may elect to take a withdrawal from his or her After-Tax Contribution Accounts in accordance with the following conditions and order of priority:

 

(a)                                 Pre-1987 Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contributions.  A Participant may withdraw from the Trust (i) in cash, any or all of his or her Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 under the Abbott Plan and/or (ii) some or all of the shares of Company Stock purchased with such After-Tax Contributions.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in Company Stock or cash from Company Stock, such amounts will be withdrawn (i) from the Company Stock in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted and (ii) then from the Company Stock in the Basic After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in cash from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock), such amounts shall be withdrawn (i) from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock) in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted and (ii) then from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock) in the Basic After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted.

 

(b)                                 Post-1986 Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contributions (Five Years Credited Service Required).  A Participant who has completed five or more Years of Credited Service and who has withdrawn all of his or her pre-1987 Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contributions under subsection (a) may then withdraw from the Trust any or all of his or her Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contributions made after 1986 and earnings thereon.  Withdrawals under this subsection (b) may be in cash or shares of Company Stock but shall not exceed the value of the Supplemental and Basic After-Tax Contribution Accounts that is attributable to the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions made after 1986.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in Company Stock or cash from Company Stock, such amounts will be withdrawn (i) from the Company Stock in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted and (ii) then from the Company 

 

15

 

                                                Stock in the Basic After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in cash from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock), such amounts shall be withdrawn (i) from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock) in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted and (ii) then from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock) in the Basic After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted.

 

(c)                                  Post-1986 Supplemental After-Tax Contributions (Less Than Five Years Credited Service Required).  A Participant who has not completed five or more Years of Credited Service and who has withdrawn all of his or her pre-1987 After-Tax Contributions (if any) under subsection (a) may then withdraw from the Trust any or all of his or her Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made after 1986 and earnings thereon.  Withdrawals under this subsection (c) may be in cash or shares of Company Stock but shall not exceed the value of the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account that is attributable to the Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made after 1986.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in Company Stock (or cash from Company Stock) such amount will be withdrawn from the Company Stock in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account until exhausted.  If the Participant elects to receive any withdrawal in Investment Funds (other than Company Stock), such amount will be withdrawn from the Investment Funds (other than Company Stock) in the Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

(d)                                 Remainder of After-Tax Contribution Accounts.  A Participant, who has withdrawn all of his or her After-Tax Contributions available under subsections (a), (b) and (c) in both Company Stock and in Investment Funds (other than Company Stock), may then withdraw from the Trust any or all of the amount remaining in his or her After-Tax Contribution Accounts (other than the Basic After-Tax Contribution Account, in the case of a Participant who has not completed five or more Years of Service).

 

(e)                                  Source of Withdrawn Amounts.  If the Participant elects to receive his or her withdrawal in shares of Company Stock held in his or her After-Tax Contribution Accounts, whole shares shall be distributed and the value of a fractional share necessary to exhaust the Company Stock allocated to such Accounts shall be distributed in cash.

 

(f)                                   Pre-1987 Shares.

 

(i)                                     For purposes of Section 6.1(a), shares of Company Stock purchased with a Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contribution made prior to 1987 under the Abbott Plan shall be determined as follows:

 

16

 

(A)                               First, the average cost to the Trust of all unwithdrawn shares of Company Stock purchased with Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 and related dividends shall be established.

 

(B)                               Next, the total of the Participant’s unwithdrawn Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 and applied to the purchase of Company Stock (net of any such amounts that have been reinvested in Investment Funds other than Company Stock) shall be divided by the average cost established under subparagraph (A) above and the resulting amount shall be the number of shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contributions prior to 1987.

 

(ii)                                  For purposes of Section 6.1(a), shares of Company Stock purchased with a Participant’s Basic After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 under the Abbott Plan shall be determined as follows:

 

(A)                               First, the average cost to the Trust of all unwithdrawn shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s Basic After-Tax Contributions and Employer contributions made prior to 1987 and related dividends shall be established.

 

(B)                               Next, the total of the Participant’s unwithdrawn Basic After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 and applied to the purchase of Company Stock (net of any such amounts that have been reinvested in Investment Funds other than Company Stock) shall be divided by the average cost established under subparagraph (A) above and the resulting amount shall be the number of shares purchased with the Participant’s Basic After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987.

 

(iii)                               For purposes of determining a Participant’s unwithdrawn Basic After-Tax Contributions and Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 under the Abbott Plan, any shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 that were withdrawn by the Participant as of any date shall be charged at the average cost established under subparagraph (i)(A) above as of such date, and any shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s Basic After-Tax Contributions made prior to 1987 that were withdrawn by the Participant as of any date shall be charged at the average cost established under subparagraph (ii)(A) above as of such date.

 

17

 

(g)                                  Withdrawal Procedures.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 are subject to the following:

 

(i)                                     Shares of Company Stock and other amounts that are withdrawn by a Participant under this Section 6.1 shall be charged to his or her respective After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

(ii)                                  No more than one withdrawal may be elected in any ninety-day period; provided, however, that the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, may waive this limitation in unusual cases.

 

(iii)                               Distribution of the shares of Company Stock or other amounts a Participant elects to withdraw under this Section 6.1 shall be made within such time period and in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrator and agreed to by the Trustee.  If the Participant dies prior to the time distribution of such shares or amounts is made, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same manner as other distributions from the Trust.

 

(iv)                              Each request for a withdrawal shall be filed with the Administrator, shall specify either the dollar amount or the share amount (or both) to be withdrawn, the value of which amount shall not be less than $500, and may not be revoked, amended or changed by the Participant after it is filed.  The Participant shall indicate in his or her withdrawal request whether the withdrawal is to be made in cash or shares of Company Stock.

 

(v)                                 Any check or certificate fees associated with a withdrawal will be charged to the Participant’s Account.

 

(vi)                              Withdrawals under this Section 6.1 shall be subject to such further conditions and limitations as the Administrator may establish from time to time and apply on a uniform basis.

 

(vii)                           Any shares of Company Stock that are withdrawn shall be considered as having been withdrawn at the average cost, as of the date of the withdrawal, of the shares of Company Stock reflected in the Account from which they were withdrawn.

 

(h)                                 Withdrawal Priority.  Withdrawals under this Section 6.1 may be in a different order of priority and subject to such further conditions and limitations as the Administrator may establish from time to time and apply on a uniform basis.

 

(i)                                     AMO After-Tax Contribution Accounts.  A Participant who is an AMO Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(q)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO After-Tax Contribution Account (as defined below) may, for any reason, withdraw 

 

18

 

                                                funds from his or her AMO After-Tax Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “AMO After-Tax Contribution Account” shall mean a Participant’s After-Tax Contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.”

 

6.2.                            Inservice Withdrawals of Certain Rollover Contributions.  A Participant may withdraw funds from his or her Rollover Contribution Account (other than his or her Roth Rollover Contribution Account) in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term ‘Rollover Contribution Account’ includes a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained on behalf of a Participant under another plan and was reestablished under this Plan in connection with the transfer of plan assets from the other plan into this Plan (or the Abbott Plan if such account was transferred as described in Supplement A).

 

(a)                                 A Participant who is a MediSense Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(e)) and for whom the Plan maintains a MediSense Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her MediSense Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that the Participant may request only two such withdrawals in any Plan Year and that each withdrawal be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “MediSense Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the MediSense 401(k) plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the MediSense 401(k) plan to the Plan.

 

(b)                                 A Participant who is a Perclose Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(g)) and for whom the Plan maintains a Perclose Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Perclose Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “Perclose Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Perclose 401(k) Retirement Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Perclose 401(k) Retirement Plan to the Plan.

 

(c)                                  A Participant who is a Vysis Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(i)) and for whom the Plan maintains an Amoco Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Amoco Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance 

 

19

 

                                                with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Amoco Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Vysis, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan consisting of any company contributions, any after-tax contributions and any rollover contributions made by or on behalf of such Vysis Employee under the Amoco Employee Savings Plan (the “Amoco Plan”) and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Vysis, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan to the Plan.

 

(d)                                 A Participant who is a Murex Employee (as defined below) and for whom the Plan maintains a Murex Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Murex Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Murex Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Murex Diagnostics, Inc. 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Murex Diagnostics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.  The term “Murex Employee” shall mean an employee of Murex Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(e)                                  A Participant who is an Integrated Vascular Systems Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(1)) and for whom the Plan maintains an Integrated Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Integrated Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Integrated Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(f)                                   A Participant who is a Spinal Concepts Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(j)) and for whom the Plan maintains a Spinal Concepts Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Spinal Concepts Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Spinal Concepts Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Spinal Concepts 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Spinal Concepts 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

20

 

(g)                                  A Participant who is a TheraSense Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(m)) and for whom the Plan maintains a TheraSense Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her TheraSense Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “TheraSense Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the TheraSense, Inc. 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the TheraSense, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(h)                                 A Participant who is an i-STAT Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(n)) and for whom the Plan maintains an i-STAT Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her i-STAT Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “i-STAT Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the i-STAT Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the i-STAT Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan to the Plan.

 

(i)                                     A Participant who is a Vascular Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(o)) and for whom the Plan maintains a Vascular Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Vascular Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Vascular Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Abbott Retirement Savings Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Abbott Retirement Savings Plan to the Plan.

 

(j)                                    A Participant who is a Kos Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(p)) and for whom the Plan maintains a Kos Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Kos Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “Kos Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Kos Savings Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Kos Savings Plan to the Plan.

 

(k)                                 A Participant who is an AMO employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (q)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO Rollover Contribution Account (as defined 

 

21

 

                                                below) may withdraw funds from his or her AMO Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “AMO Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401 (k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(l)                                     A Participant who is a Visiogen Employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (r)) and for whom the Plan maintains an Visiogen Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Visiogen Rollover Contribution Account effective as of the date of transfer described, below; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative IUles and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “Visiogen Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Visiogen, Inc” 401 (k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Visiogen Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(m)                             A Participant who is an Evalve Employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (s)) and for whom the Plan maintains an Evalve Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Evalve Rollover Contribution Account effective as of the date of transfer described below; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “Evalve Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Evalve, Inc., 40 I (k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Evalve 401 (k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(n)                                 A Participant who is a Starlims Employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (t» and for whom the Plan maintains a Starlims Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Starlims Rollover Contribution Account effective as of the date of transfer described below; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative IUles and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “Starlims Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Starlims 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Starlims 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

(o)                                 A Participant who is a Facet Employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (u) and for whom the Plan maintains a Facet Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her Facet Rollover Contribution Accountant effective as of the date of transfer described below; provided,

 

22

 

                                                however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term “Facet Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant under the Facet 401(k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Facet 401(k) Plan to the Plan.

 

6.3.                            Withdrawals at Age 591⁄2.  Upon reaching age 591⁄2, a Participant may withdraw all or any portion of the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with such rules as the Administrator shall establish, on a uniform and consistent basis, relating to timing, frequency and elections.  To the extent that the Participant’s Accounts hold Company Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of Company Stock and cash for any fractional share.  If a Participant receives payment of less than all of the Participant’s Account balance under the Plan, the Participant may specify that such payments shall be withdrawn from the Participant’s designated Roth account(s) (as defined in Code Section 402A(b)(2)(A)) under the Plan or from the Participant’s other accounts under the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator.

 

6.4.                            Required Distributions After Age 70 1⁄2.  Except as provided in the next sentence, a Participant who remains an Employee on or after his or her “required beginning date” (within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(9)) while an Employee shall receive a distribution of the full value of his or her Accounts as of the date any distribution under Code section 401(a)(9) would be required.  Any Participant (other than a 5% owner of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation, or a Subsidiary in the year such owner attains age 66 and any subsequent year) who attained age 70 1⁄2 before January 1, 1999 may defer receipt of the distributions under this Section 6.4 until the April 1 following the calendar year in which he or she retires or attains age 70 1⁄2, whichever is later.  Each distribution described in this Section 6.4 shall be made at the latest possible date determined under Code section 401(a)(9) and Regulations thereunder and in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, distributions will be made in accordance with final and temporary regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that were issued by the Internal Revenue Service on April 17, 2002 and June 15, 2004, including Treasury regulation sections 1.401(a)(9)-2 through 1.401(a)(9)-9 and the incidental death benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code.

 

6.5.                            Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  To the extent required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Administrator shall make distributions from a Participant’s Accounts to Alternate Payees named in such order in a manner consistent with the distribution options otherwise available under this Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.

 

6.6.                            Participant’s Consent to Distribution of Benefits and Direct Rollover Notice.  If a Participant receives a withdrawal under Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, or 6.4 or an Alternative Payee receives a distribution under Section 6.5, no distribution may be made unless:

 

23

 

(a)                                 between the 30th and 90th day prior to the date distribution is to be made or commence, the Administrator notifies the Participant or the Alternate Payee (whichever is applicable) in writing that he or she may defer distribution until the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1⁄2 and provides the Participant or the Alternate Payee (whichever is applicable) with a written description of the material features and (if applicable) the relative values of the forms of distribution available under the Plan including the right to make a direct rollover under Section 8.4(c); and

 

(b)                                 the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the information described above has been provided to him or her, and files such consent with the Administrator.  Distribution to the Participant will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such consent is received by the Administrator.  The Participant may waive the 30-day notice period described in (a) above.

 

6.7.                            In-service Withdrawals of Certain Employer Contributions. A Participant who is an AMO Employee (as defined in Section 15.34 (q)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO Employer Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her AMO Employer Contribution Account that were allocated 2 or more years prior to the date of such withdrawal; provided, however, that a withdrawal shall not be made until such Participant has withdrawn his or her entire AMO After-Tax Contribution Account pursuant to subsection 6.1(i), has withdrawn his or her entire AMO Rollover Contribution Account pursuant to subsection 6.2(k), and has 3 or more Years of Credited Service (including service credited in accordance with subsection 15.34(q)); provided further, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may adopted by the Administrator. The term “AMO Employer Contribution Account” shall mean an employer contribution account that was previously maintained for the Participant’s employer contributions under the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401 (k) Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.”

 

6.8.                            Distributions While on Military Leave. A Participant who is on leave while performing military service as described in Section 3401(h)(2)(A) of the Code for a period of at least 30 days may elect to withdraw all or any portion of the vested amounts credited to his eligible Accounts in accordance with Section 414 (u)(12) of the Code, provided that such Participant may not make either Before-Tax Contribution or After-Tax Contribution to the Plan for a period of 6 months following the date of such withdrawal.

 

ARTICLE 7.  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

 

7.1.                            In General.  Upon the request of an Eligible Borrower on a form approved or procedure prescribed by the Administrator and subject to the conditions of this Article, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make a loan from the Trust to the Eligible Borrower.  For purposes of this Article, an “Eligible Borrower” is:

 

(a)                                 a Participant who is an Eligible Employee; or

 

24

 

(b)                                 a Participant who is a former Employee and is a “party in interest” within the meaning of ERISA section 3(14); or

 

(c)                                  a deceased Participant’s Beneficiary who has not yet received the entire vested portion of the Participant’s Accounts and who is a “party in interest” as described in (b) above.

 

7.2                               Rules and Procedures.  The Administrator shall promulgate such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the express provisions of this Article, as he or she deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article.  All such rules and procedures shall be deemed a part of the Plan for purposes of the Department of Labor’s Regulations Section 2550.408b-1(d).

 

7.3                               Maximum Amount of Loan.  The following limitations shall apply in determining the amount of any loan to an Eligible Borrower hereunder:

 

(a)                                 The amount of the loan, together with any other outstanding indebtedness under this Plan or any other qualified retirement Plan of the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary, shall not exceed $50,000 reduced by the excess of (i) the highest aggregate outstanding loan balance of the Eligible Borrower from such Plans during the one-year period ending on the day prior to the date on which the loans are made, over (ii) the Eligible Borrower’s outstanding loan balance from such Plans immediately prior to the loan.

 

(b)                                 The amount of the loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, determined as of the date of the loan.

 

(c)                                  No loan may exceed the aggregate value of the Participant’s Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account and Transfer Contribution Account (excluding any amount contributed by the Participant on an after-tax basis).

 

(d)                                 A Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account shall not be available for a loan, but a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account may be taken into account for purposes of determining the 50 percent limitation on the amount of a loan.

 

7.4.                            Minimum Amount of Loan; Number of Loans; Frequency of Loans; Fees for Loans.  The minimum amount of any single loan under the Plan shall be $1,000.  A Participant may have only two loans outstanding at any time under the Plan or under any other plan referred to in Section 3.7.  The Administrator may charge a loan fee and such fee may be charged to the Participant’s Accounts or taken from the loan proceeds.

 

7.5.                            Note; Security; Interest.  Each loan shall be evidenced by a note signed by the 

 

25

 

Eligible Borrower, a Participant Credit Agreement, or other legally enforceable evidence of indebtedness (“Note”).  The Note shall be an asset of the Trust which shall be allocated to the Accounts of the Eligible Borrower, and shall for purposes of the Plan be deemed to have a value at any given time equal to the unpaid principal balance of the Note plus the amount of any accrued but unpaid interest.  The Note shall be secured by that portion of the Accounts represented by the Note (not to exceed 50% of the Eligible Borrower’s vested interest in his or her Accounts determined as of the date of the loan).  The loan shall bear interest at an annual percentage interest rate to be determined by the Administrator.  In determining the interest rate, the Administrator shall take into consideration interest rates currently being charged by persons in the business of lending money with respect to loans made in similar circumstances.

 

7.6.                            Repayment.  Each loan made to an Eligible Borrower who is receiving regular payments of Compensation from the Corporation shall be repayable by payroll deduction.  Loans made to other Eligible Borrowers (and, in all events, where payroll deduction is no longer practicable) shall be repayable in such manner as the Administrator may from time to time determine.  In each case payments shall be made not less frequently than quarterly, over a specified term (as determined by the Administrator) not to extend beyond the earlier of five years from the date of the loan or the Participant’s anticipated retirement date, with substantially level amortization (as that term is used in Code section 72(p)(2)(C)).  Where the loan is being applied toward the purchase of a principal residence for the Eligible Borrower, the term for repayment shall not extend beyond the earlier of 15 years from the date of the loan or the Participant’s anticipated retirement date.  An Eligible Borrower may prepay the full balance of an outstanding loan at any time by delivering to the Trustee a certified check in the amount of such remaining balance and any accrued but unpaid interest.  An Eligible Borrower may also refinance an outstanding loan, provided the limits under Section 7.3 allow the Borrower to borrow an amount equal to, or greater than the balance due on the outstanding loan.  Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Code section 414(u)(4).

 

7.7.                            Repayment upon Distribution.  If, at the time benefits are to be distributed (or to commence being distributed) to an Eligible Borrower with respect to a severance from employment, there remains any unpaid balance of a loan hereunder, such unpaid balance shall, to the extent consistent with Department of Labor regulations, become immediately due and payable in full.  Such unpaid balance, together with any accrued but unpaid interest on the loan, shall be deducted from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, subject to the default provisions below, before any distribution of benefits is made.  Except as is provided in Section 7.1 or as may be required in order to comply (in a manner consistent with continued qualification of the Plan under Code section 401(a)) with Department of Labor regulations, no loan shall be made to an Eligible Borrower under this Article after the Eligible Borrower incurs a severance from employment whether or not he or she has begun to receive distribution of his or her Accounts.  Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 7.7, in accordance with and to the extent provided by rules established by the Administrator, an Eligible Borrower who separates from service in connection with the sale by the Corporation of an Employer, Division or other business unit, may rollover his or her loan to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the purchaser of such Employer, Division or business unit.

 

26

 

7.8.                            Default.  In the event of a default in making any payment of principal or interest when due under the Note evidencing any loan under this Article, if such default continues for more than 90 days after written notice of the default by the Trustee, the unpaid principal balance of the Note shall immediately become due and payable in full.  Such unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest, shall thereupon be deducted from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, subject to the further provisions of this Section.  The amount so deducted shall be treated as distributed to the Eligible Borrower and applied by the Eligible Borrower as a payment of the unpaid interest and principal (in that order) under the Note evidencing such loan.  In no event shall the Administrator apply the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts to satisfy the Eligible Borrower’s repayment obligation, whether or not he or she is in default, unless the amount so applied otherwise could be distributed in accordance with the Plan.  Default distributions under this Section 7.8 shall be subject to such further conditions and limitations as the Administrator may establish from time to time and apply on a uniform basis.

 

7.9.                            Nondiscrimination.  Loans shall be made available under this Article to all Eligible Borrowers on a reasonably equivalent basis.

 

7.10.                     Source of Loan Proceeds.  The proceeds for a loan shall be drawn from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts in accordance with rules established by the Administrator.

 

7.11.                     Reinvestment of Loan Repayments.  Loan repayments shall be made to the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts from which the proceeds were drawn under Section 7.10 in proportion that the loan was taken from each such Account at the origination of the loan.  Within each such Account, the proceeds will be invested in accordance with the investment instructions or restrictions applicable at the time of each loan repayment.  If the Eligible Borrower is not currently making contributions to any such Account at the time of loan repayment, the proceeds will be invested within such Account in accordance with any previous instructions on file with the Trustee for the investment of contributions in such Account, and if there are no such instructions on file, the proceeds will be invested in the default Investment Fund(s) then in effect under Section 5.5.  The Participant may change his or her investment instructions in accordance with Section 5.6 for purposes of reinvesting the loan repayments even if he or she is not then making contributions to the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 8.  BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT, DEATH OR

SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT

 

8.1.                            Retirement.  Following a Participant’s retirement from the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Participant will receive the entire value of his or her Accounts in a single sum payment unless he or she elects a direct rollover under Section 8.4(c).  To the extent that the Participant’s Accounts hold Company Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of Company Stock and cash for any fractional share.

 

8.2.                            Severance from Employment for Reasons other than Death or Retirement.  Following a Participant’s severance from employment with the Corporation, all affiliated 

 

27

 

Corporations and all Subsidiaries for any reason other than death or retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age, the Participant will receive the value of his or her vested Accounts (determined as provided below) in a single sum payment unless he or she elects a direct rollover under Section 8.4(c).  To the extent that the Participant’s Accounts hold Company Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of Company Stock and cash for any fractional share.

 

A Participant will always be 100% vested in his or her Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Account, Basic After-Tax Contribution Account, Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable) and Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable).  The vested percentage of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account will be computed in accordance with the following schedule:

 

	
If the Participant’s
    	
 
    	
The Vested Percentage of
    	
 
    
	
Number of Years of
    	
 
    	
His Employer Contribution
    	
 
    
	
Credited Service Is:
    	
 
    	
Account Will Be:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Less   than 2 years
    	
 
    	
0
    	
%
    
	
2   years or more
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

The amount, if any, by which a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account is so reduced shall be a ‘remainder’.  A remainder shall be treated as a separate account until the last day of the Plan Year in which forfeiture of the remainder occurs, and then each remainder shall be:  first, used to reinstate remainders as provided below; next, used to pay Plan expenses; and finally, applied to reduce Employer Contributions as of that date, and when so applied will be treated as though it were an Employer Contribution made under Section 3.7.  If a Participant who separated from service before being entitled to the full balance in his or her Employer Contribution Account is reemployed by an Employer before incurring five consecutive Break Years, the remainder which resulted from the Participant’s earlier severance from employment (unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses) shall be credited to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date of reemployment (after all other adjustments required under the Plan as of that date have been made).  The date on which an individual’s status changes from an Eligible Employee to a leased employee shall not constitute a severance from employment that permits a distribution to such individual.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(a)                                 for cash dividends on shares of Company Stock, the portion of the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account consisting of such dividends which are subject to the election of a Participant or Beneficiary described in Section 5.7 will always be 100% vested.

 

(b)                                 effective June 1, 2002, a Participant who was also a participant in the Abbott Laboratories 401(k) Plan as of May 31, 2002 will always be 100% vested in his or 

 

28

 

                                                her Employer Contribution Account.

 

(c)                                  effective August 2, 2004, a TheraSense Employee (as defined in Paragraph 15.34(m)) shall be 100% vested in his entire TheraSense Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Paragraph 6.3(g)) upon reaching age 59 1⁄2 while employed by an Employer or an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(d)                                 effective December 2, 2004, an i-STAT Employee (as defined in Section 15.34(n)) shall be fully vested in his or her i-STAT Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Section 6.3(h)).

 

(e)                                  effective April 1, 2004, a Vascular Employee (as defined in Paragraph 15.34(o)) shall be 100% vested in his Accounts.

 

(f)                                   Effective January 1, 2007, a Guidant Vascular Employee (as defined in Paragraph 15.34(o)) shall be 100% vested in his Accounts.

 

(g)                                  Effective January 1, 2008, a Kos Employee (as defined in Paragraph 15.34(p)) shall be 100% vested in his entire Kos Transfer Contribution Account.  The Term “Kos Transfer Contribution Account” shall mean a Transfer Contribution Account maintained for the Participant under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Kos Savings Plan to the Plan.

 

(h)                                 An AMO Employee (as defined in Paragraph 15.34(q)) shall be 100% vested in his entire AMO Transfer Contribution Account. The term “AMO Transfer Contribution Account” shall mean a Transfer Contribution Account maintained fort the Participant under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to the Plan.”

 

8.3                               Time of Distributions.  Distribution with respect to a Participant’s severance from employment (other than on account of death or retirement) normally will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such separation. The Employer Contribution made on the Participant’s behalf under Section 3.7 for the Plan Year will be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and distributed to the Participant in cash or Company Stock, at the Participant’s election.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.3, in the case of a Participant whose Accounts are valued in excess of $1,000 and who has not yet attained age 65, however, distribution may not be made under this Section unless:

 

(a)                                 between the 30th and 90th day prior to the date distribution is to be made or commence, the Administrator notifies the Participant in writing that he or she may defer distribution until the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1⁄2 and provides the Participant with a written description of the material features and (if applicable) the relative values of the forms of distribution available under the Plan; and

 

29

 

(b)                                 the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the information described above has been provided to him or her, and files such consent with the Administrator.  Distribution to the Participant will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such consent is received by the Administrator.  The Participant may waive the 30-day notice period described in (a) above.

 

The value of a Participant’s Accounts will be considered to be in excess of $1,000 if the value exceeds such amount at the time of the distribution in question or exceeded such amount at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan.  The Participant may elect to defer the distribution of his or her Accounts until any subsequent date, but not later than the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1⁄2.

 

A Participant who is eligible for retirement under the terms of the AbbVie Pension Plan will normally receive a distribution as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which he or she retires and following the crediting of the Employer Contribution determined under Section 3.7 for such Plan Year.  Such Participant may elect to receive the distribution in the calendar year in which he or she retires, in which event the Employer Contribution made on the Participant’s behalf under Section 3.7 will be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and distributed to the Participant in cash.  Alternatively, the Participant may elect to defer the distribution of his or her Accounts until any date, but no later than the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1/2.  Unless the Participant otherwise elects, the payment of benefits under the Plan to the Participant will begin not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (A) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified under the Plan, (B) occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or (C) the Participant terminates his service with the Employer.

 

8.4                               Amount and Manner of Distribution.  A Participant who is eligible for a distribution from the Plan under this Article 8, may, subject to subparagraph 8.4(b), elect to receive his or her benefit in one or more of the following forms:

 

(a)                                 Single Sum Payment.  In the case of a distribution to be made in a single sum, the amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes or coincides with the date distribution is to be made.  If a Participant receives payment of less than all of the Participant’s Account balance under the Plan, the Participant may specify that such payments shall be withdrawn from the Participant’s designated Roth Account(s) (as defined in Code Section 402A(b)(2)(A)) under the Plan or from the Participant’s other Accounts under the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator.  If the Participant does not specify the Accounts from which such payments shall be withdrawn, the payments shall be withdrawn from the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan in the order specified by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                 Cash out of Small Benefits.  If the value of a Participant’s Accounts is $1,000 or less, distribution shall be made to the Participant in a single sum payment as soon 

 

30

 

                                                as practicable following the Participant’s severance from employment.  The amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date the distribution is to be made.  The Participant’s Accounts will not be considered to be valued at $1,000 or less, if the value of such Accounts at the time in question or at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan exceeds such amount.

 

(c)                                  Direct rollover of eligible rollover distributions.  If a Participant or an Alternate Payee of the Participant is entitled to an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4) under (a) or (b) above, he or she may elect to have all or a portion of such distribution (but not less than the minimum amount required to be transferred under Treasury regulations pertaining to the treatment of eligible rollover distributions) transferred to another qualified plan, an individual retirement account, or an individual retirement annuity, or any other eligible retirement plan within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(8)(B).  Such distribution may be made in the form of a direct rollover or by other means prescribed by regulations which satisfy the requirements for a direct payment to the eligible retirement plan, so specified.  The Administrator shall not be obliged to honor any transfer instruction under this Section that specifies more than one transferee.  The following rules also apply:

 

(i)                                     An “eligible retirement plan” includes an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and a Roth IRA if the rollover requirements of Sections 402(c) and 408A of the Code are met.  The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

(ii)                                  Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.  A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income.  However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

31

 

(iii)                               Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from a Roth 401(k) Account or a Roth Rollover Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral account under a Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code.

 

(d)                                 Installment Form of Distribution for Perclose Employees and Vysis Employees.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments over a period certain as set forth in the Perclose 401(k) Retirement Plan (“Perclose Installment Option”) shall begin after the earlier of: (i) 90 days after notice of elimination of the Installment Option is furnished in accordance with ERISA Section 104(b) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder; or (ii) January 1, 2002.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments over a period certain as set forth in the Vysis, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan with respect to amounts transferred from the Amoco Plan as defined in Section 6.2(c) (“Vysis Installment Option”) shall begin after any required notice to affected Participants is given.  Except as provided in this Section 8(e), all distributions in the form of a Perclose Installment Option or Vysis Installment Option, as those terms are defined in this Section 8.3(e), shall continue.

 

(e)                                  Distribution in Form of Company Stock.  A Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his Plan benefits in the form of whole shares of Company Stock.

 

(f)                                   Installment Form of Distribution for Integrated Vascular Systems Employees and Spinal Concepts Employees.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments over a period certain as set forth in the Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan with respect to Integrated Transfer Contribution Accounts (as defined in Section 6.3(e)) (“Integrated Installment Option”) shall begin after the earlier of:  (i) 90 days after notice of elimination of the Integrated Installment Option is furnished in accordance with ERISA Section 104(b) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder; or (ii) January 1, 2006.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments over a period certain as set forth in the Spinal Concepts 401(k) Plan with respect to Spinal Concepts Transfer Contribution Accounts (as defined in Section 6.3(f)) (“Spinal Installment Option”) shall begin after the earlier of (iii) 90 days after notice of elimination of the Spinal Installment Option is given in accordance with ERISA Section 104(b) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder or (iv) January 1, 2006. Except as provided in this Section 8.3(g), all distributions in the form of an Integrated Installment Option or Spinal Concepts Installment Option, as those terms are defined in this Section 8.3(g), shall continue.

 

(g)                                  Installment Form of Distribution for TheraSense Employees.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments as set forth in the TheraSense, Inc. 401(k) Plan

 

32

 

with respect to Therasense Transfer Contribution Accounts (as defined in Section 6.3(g)) (“TheraSense Installment Option”) shall begin after August 2, 2004.  Except as provided in this Section 8.3(h), all distributions in the form of a TheraSense Installment Option, as defined in this Section 8.3(h), shall continue.

 

(h)                                 Disability Distributions for Vascular Employees.  A Vascular Employee (as defined in paragraph 15.34(o)) may elect to receive a distribution of all or any portion of his or her Vascular Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Paragraph 6.3(i)) upon becoming Disabled.  A Vascular Employee shall be Disabled if he or she is unable to perform the material duties of his or her regular occupation with the employer in the same salary grade that is commensurate with the Vascular Employee’s education, training and experience; provided that the inability results from an injury or illness that requires the Vascular Employee to be under the care of a licensed physician; and provided further that the inability is not attributable to intentionally self-inflicted injuries (whether sane or insane), or to active participation in a riot.

 

(i)                                     Installment Form of Distribution.  A Participant or Alternate Payee may elect to receive his or her Accounts in a series of monthly installments or annual installments over nine years or greater.  Installment payments shall be made in accordance with rules established by the Administrator.  An election to receive installments may be revoked and a new election may be made in accordance with rules established by the Administrator.

 

(j)                                    Disability Distributions for Kos Employees.  A Kos Employee (as defined in paragraph 15.34(p)) may elect to receive a distribution of all or any portion of his or her Kos Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Paragraph 8.1A(f) upon becoming Disabled.  A Kos Employee shall be Disabled if he or she is incapable of continuing any gainful occupation because of a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder.

 

(k)                                 Disability Distributions for AMO Employees. An AMO Employee (as defined in paragraph 15.34 (q)) may elect to receive a distribution of all or any portion of his or her AMO Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Paragraph 8.1 A(h)) upon becoming Disabled. An AMO Employee shall be Disabled if he or she is incapable of continuing any gainful occupation for the Company for which he or she is reasonable fitted by education, training, or experience because of a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder, and which condition can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months.

 

8.5                               Distributions After a Participant’s Death.

 

(a)                                 Death Prior to Severance from Employment.  If a Participant dies prior to his or her severance from employment with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the Participant’s Accounts in a single sum payment as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan 

 

33

 

Year in which the Participant’s death occurs; provided, however, the Beneficiary may elect to receive the distribution in the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurred, in which event the Employer Contribution made on behalf of the Participant under Section 3.7 for such Plan Year shall be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and shall be distributed in cash.  Distribution must be made to a Beneficiary who is not the Participant’s spouse no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the Participant’s death.  If the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to defer receipt of the distribution of the Participant’s Accounts until any date, but no later than the December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2. If a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code) the Participant’s Beneficiary shall have the right to receive the Participant’s Accounts as if the Participant had died prior to his or her severance from employment with the Corporation.

 

(b)                                 Death after Severance from Employment.  If a Participant dies after severance from employment service but before the complete distribution of his or her Accounts has been made, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the value of the Participant’s Accounts.  Distribution will be made in a single sum payment as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death (but no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the Participant’s death); provided, however, that if distribution to the Participant had begun following his or her severance from employment in a form elected by the Participant, distribution will continue to be made to the Beneficiary at least as rapidly in such form unless the Beneficiary elects to receive distribution in cash in a single sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.  Any such election must be made on a form approved by the Administrator and must be received by the Administrator within such period following the Participant’s death as the Administrator may prescribe.  To the extent the Participant’s Accounts are held in Company Stock at the time of the proposed distribution, the Beneficiary may receive the distribution in whole shares of Company Stock and cash for any fractional shares.

 

(c)                                  Cash out of Small Benefits.  If a Participant dies and the value of a Participant’s Accounts is $5,000 or less (determined without regard to that portion of the Accounts that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code), a distribution shall be made to the Beneficiary in a single sum payment as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death (but in no event later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which such death occurs) or such later date on which the amount of the distribution can be determined by the Administrator.  The amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date the distribution is to be made.  The Participant’s Accounts will not be considered to be valued at $5,000 or less, if the value of such 

 

34

 

Accounts at the time in question or at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan exceeds such amount.

 

(d)                                 Direct rollover of eligible rollover distributions.  If a Beneficiary who is the spouse of a deceased Participant is entitled to an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code section 402(c)(4) under (a) or (b) above, he or she may elect to have all or a portion of such distribution (but not less than the minimum amount required to be transferred under Treasury regulations pertaining to the treatment of eligible rollover distributions) transferred to an individual retirement account or an individual retirement annuity.  Such distribution may be made in the form of a direct rollover or by other means prescribed by regulations which satisfy the requirements for a direct payment to the eligible retirement plan so specified.  The Administrator shall not be obliged to honor any transfer instruction under this Section that specifies more than one transferee. An eligible retirement plan includes a Roth IRA if the rollover requirements of Sections 402 (c) and 408 A of the Internal Revenue Code are met. A Beneficiary who is not the participant surviving spouse may be a distribute and elect to have all or part of the benefits paid directly to an IRA that is established for the purpose of receiving a distribution on behalf of a non-spouse designated beneficiary as an eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(11) of the Code.

 

(e)                                  Distribution in Form of Company Stock.  A Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his Plan benefits in the form of whole shares of Company Stock.

 

Any distribution to a Beneficiary under this Section in the form of a single sum shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date distribution is to be made.

 

8.6                               Designation of Beneficiary.  Subject to the provisions of this Section, and except as provided in Supplement A, a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the person or persons (or entity or entities), if any, designated by the Participant from time to time on a form or in a manner approved by the Administrator.  In the absence of an effective Beneficiary designation, a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving spouse, if any, or if none, the Participant’s issue, or if none, the Participant’s estate.  A non-spouse Beneficiary designation by a Participant who is married at the time of his or her death shall not be effective unless:

 

(a)                                 prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s surviving spouse consented to and acknowledged the effect of the Participant’s designation of a specific non-spouse Beneficiary (including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries) in a written form approved by the Administrator and witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative; or

 

(b)                                 it is established by the Participant prior to his or her death (by furnishing the Administrator with a sworn statement), that the required consent may not be 

 

35

 

obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe; or

 

(c)                                  the spouse had earlier executed a general consent form permitting the Participant:

 

(i)                                     to select from among certain specified persons without any requirement of further consent by the spouse (and the Participant designates a Beneficiary from the specified list), or

 

(ii)                                  to change his or her Beneficiary without any requirement of further consent by the spouse.  Any such general consent shall be on a form approved by the Administrator, and must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

 

Any consent and acknowledgment by a spouse, or the establishment that the consent and acknowledgment cannot be obtained, shall be effective only with respect to such spouse, but shall be irrevocable once made.

 

8.7                               Special Distribution Requirement.  If a Participant or Beneficiary so elects, distribution of Plan benefits shall begin not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year (a) in which the Participant separates from service by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, disability, or death; or (b) which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, unless the Participant is reemployed by an Employer before distribution has begun.

 

ARTICLE 9.  ADMINISTRATION

 

9.1.                            Board of Review.  The Board of Review, except where such are specifically reserved to the Board of Directors, shall have all powers, duties and obligations (whether imposed, granted or reserved and whether explicit or implicit) which are lodged in the Corporation under the Trust, or the Plan, or any supplement to the Plan or by law or regulations.  It shall perform all functions specifically assigned to it under the Plan and under the Trust created pursuant to the Plan.  The Board of Review at its sole discretion may delegate or redelegate any responsibility which it is able to exercise, and may revoke such delegations at its sole discretion.

 

9.2.                            Investment Committee.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Investment Committee shall be the “named fiduciary” of the Company Stock Fund with sole authority and responsibility for the following duties:

 

(a)                                 To impose any limitation or restriction on the investment of participant accounts in the Company Stock Fund;

 

36

 

(b)                                 To direct the sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the Company Stock held in the Company Stock Fund;

 

(c)                                  To direct the reinvestment of the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Company Stock in short-term cash equivalent investments in the Company Stock Fund, until the Participants redirect the investment of such proceeds;

 

(d)                                 To instruct the Trustee with respect to the foregoing matters; and

 

(e)                                  To communicate with Participants from time to time.

 

In exercising the powers set forth in Section 9.2, the Investment Committee will take into account the statement of intent set forth in Section 5.1(a) to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA.  In addition, the Investment Committee shall evaluate the prudence of maintaining the Company Stock Fund not on the basis of the risk associated with the Company Stock Fund standing alone but in light of the availability of other investment options under the Plan and the ability of Plan participants to construct a diversified portfolio of investments consistent with their individual desired level of risk and return.

 

9.3.                            Administrator.  The Administrator will be the “administrator” of the Plan as defined in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA and a “named fiduciary” for purposes of Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and will be responsible for complying with all of the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.  The Administrator will not, however, have any authority over the investment of assets of the Trust or the selection of Investment Funds.

 

9.4.                            Powers of Administrator.  The Administrator will have full power to administer the Plan in all of its details and, other than the selection of Investment Funds, subject, however, to the requirements of ERISA.  Benefits under the Plan shall be paid only if the Administrator decides, in his or her discretion, that the applicant is entitled to them.  For this purpose the Administrator’s power will include, but will not be limited to, the following discretionary authority:

 

(a)                                 to make and enforce such rules and regulations as the Administrator deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan or as required to comply with applicable law;

 

(b)                                 to interpret and enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including the rules and regulations adopted under subsection (a)) and to make factual determinations thereunder, including the discretionary power to determine the rights or eligibility of Employees or Participants and any other persons, and the amount, if any, of their benefits under the Plan, and to construe or interpret disputed, ambiguous, or uncertain terms;

 

(c)                                  to compute the amounts to be distributed under the Plan, to determine the person or persons to whom such amounts are to be distributed, and to make equitable 

 

37

 

adjustments for mistakes or errors;

 

(d)                                 to authorize the payment of distributions, to compromise and settle any disputed claim, and to direct the Trustee to make such payments from the Trust;

 

(e)                                  to keep such records and submit such filings, elections, applications, returns or other documents or forms as may be required under the Code, ERISA and applicable regulations, or under other federal, state or local law and regulations;

 

(f)                                   to allocate and delegate the ministerial duties and responsibilities of the Administrator and to appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants, actuaries, insurance companies and other persons as may be required or desired to assist in administering the Plan;

 

(g)                                  by written instrument, to allocate and delegate his or her fiduciary responsibilities in accordance with ERISA section 405; and

 

(h)                                 to furnish each Employer with such information and data as may be required by it for tax and other purposes in connection with the Plan.

 

Actions taken in good faith by the Administrator shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.

 

9.5.                            Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority.  Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise his or her authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

 

9.6.                            Reliance on Tables, etc.  In administering the Plan, the Administrator will be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by any accountant, trustee, counsel, actuary, insurance company or other expert who is employed or engaged by the Administrator or by the Corporation on the Administrator’s behalf.

 

9.7.                            Claims and Review Procedures.  The Administrator shall adopt procedures for the filing and review of claims in accordance with ERISA section 503.

 

9.8.                            Indemnification.  The Corporation agrees to indemnify and defend to the fullest extent of the law any of its employees or former employees who serves or has served as Administrator or as a member of the Board of Review or the Investment Committee or who has been appointed to assist the Administrator or the Board of Review or the Investment Committee in administering the Plan or to whom the Administrator or the Board of Review or the Investment Committee has delegated any duties or responsibilities against any liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Corporation) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with 

 

38

 

the Plan, if such act or omission to act is in good faith.

 

9.9.                            Expenses and Compensation.  No compensation shall be paid to the Administrator or any assistant who is a full-time employee of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, but the Administrator and his or her assistants shall be reimbursed for all expenses reasonably incurred in the administration of the Plan.  Such expenses shall be charged to the Trust and paid first out of the dividends paid on Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account and then from Employer Contributions prior to allocation under Section 3.7, unless the Employers pay such expenses directly.  To the extent that any record keeping expense, withdrawal charge, loan fee or check fee is specifically attributable to a Participant’s Accounts, such expenses may be charged to the Accounts of such Participant.

 

9.10.                     Notices; Participant Information.  Any notice required to be given to or any document required to be filed with the Administrator, the Trustee or the Investment Committee will be given or filed properly if mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, or delivered, to the Administrator, the Trustee or the Investment Committee, as the case may be, in care of the Corporation at One North Waukegan Road, North Chicago, Illinois, 60604.  Participants (and their Beneficiaries) must furnish to the Administrator such evidence, data, or information as they consider necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan, and the provisions of the Plan for each person are upon the condition that he or she will furnish full, true and complete evidence, data and information requested by the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE 10.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

10.1.                     Amendment.  The Corporation reserves the power (and may and hereby does specifically delegate a portion of the power to the Board of Review) at any time or times to amend the provisions of the Plan and Trust to any extent and in any manner that it may deem advisable.  The Corporation specifically reserves the right to amend Article 5 with respect to the investment of Participant Accounts.  However, the Corporation will not have the power:

 

(a)                                 to amend the Plan or Trust in such manner as would cause or permit any part of the assets of the Trust to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of each Participant and his or her Beneficiary (except as permitted by Section 14.3 with respect to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, or by Section 3.11 with respect to the return of contributions upon nondeductibility or mistake of fact), unless such amendment is required or permitted by law, governmental regulation or ruling; or

 

(b)                                 to amend the Plan or Trust retroactively in such a manner as would reduce the accrued benefit of Code Section 411(d)(6)) of any Participant, except as otherwise permitted or required by law; or

 

(c)                                  to change the duties or liabilities of the Trustee, the Investment Committee or the Administrator without their consent.

 

39

 

All major amendments and all decisions or amendments which are reasonably expected to have the effect of suspending or terminating Employer contributions, of suspending or terminating payment of benefits to Participants or Beneficiaries, or of terminating the Plan shall be made by the Board of Directors.  All other amendments shall be made by the Board of Review.  The Board of Directors may delegate additional authority to the Board of Review.

 

For the purposes of the foregoing, a “major amendment” is defined to be any amendment which will increase the average cost of the Plan to the Employers (whether through the increase of Employer contributions or otherwise) by an amount in excess of $5,000,000 per annum over the three full Plan Years next succeeding the effective date of the amendment.  Determination of whether an amendment is a major amendment or a decision or amendment which is reasonably “to have the effect of suspending or terminating Employer contributions, of suspending or terminating payment of benefits, or of terminating the Plan” shall be made by the Board of Review after obtaining such advice from such legal or tax counsel and the advice of such actuarial consultants as the Board of Review may deem appropriate.  The secretary of the Board of Review shall maintain detailed minutes reflecting the advice (if any) so received by the Board of Review and the decisions reached by it regarding each amendment adopted by it.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 10.1, any material revision (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules) to the Plan or Trust shall be subject to the approval of the Corporation’s compensation committee or a majority of the Corporation’s independent directors (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules).

 

10.2.                     Termination.  The Corporation has established the Plan and authorized the establishment of the Trust with the bona fide intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely, but the Corporation will have no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any given length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee and the Investment Committee without liability whatsoever for any such discontinuance or termination. Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan, or upon complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the rights of all affected employees to benefits accrued to the date of such termination, partial termination, or discontinuance, to the extent funded as of such date, or the amounts credited to the employees’ accounts, shall be non-forfeitable.

 

10.3.                     Distributions upon Termination of the Plan.  Upon termination of the Plan by the Corporation, the Trustee will distribute to each Participant (or other person entitled to distribution) the value of the Participant’s Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date of the Plan’s termination.  However, if a successor Plan is established within the meaning of Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(II), Accounts shall be distributed to Participants and their Beneficiaries only in accordance with Article 6 relating to in-service withdrawals and upon the actual severance from employment by the Participant.

 

10.4.                     Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets.  In case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to, any other Plan, provision must be made so that each Participant would, if the Plan then terminated, receive 

 

40

 

a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

 

ARTICLE 11.  LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

11.1.                     Code Section 404 Limits.  The sum of the contributions made by the Employers under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible under the applicable provisions of the Code (all such contributions being hereby conditioned on their deductibility under Code section 404).

 

11.2.                     Code Section 415 Limits.  The “annual additions” (as defined in Section 415(c)(2) of the Code) to a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and under all other defined contribution plans (as defined in Section 414(i) of the Code) maintained by the Corporation, all other Affiliated Corporations, and all Subsidiaries, for any Plan Year (the “limitation year”) shall not exceed the lesser of $46,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Section 415(d) of the Code) or 100% of the participant’s compensation for the limitation year.  In applying the limitations of this Section 11.2:

 

(a)                                 If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another plan with which this Plan must be aggregated for purposes of Section 415 of the Code, the amount of annual additions which may be allocated under any other plan on a Participant’s behalf for a Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount described above, reduced by the annual additions credited to that Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for the same Plan Year.

 

(b)                                 The Administrator shall take any actions it deems advisable to avoid an annual addition in excess of Section 415 of the Code; provided, however, if a Participant’s annual addition for a Plan Year actually exceeds the limitations of this Section 11.2, the Administrator shall correct such excess in accordance with applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(c)                                  Annual additions shall be subject to Section 415 of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations issued there under, the requirements of which are incorporated herein by reference to the extent not specifically provided in this Section 11.2.

 

(d)                                 For purposes of this Article 11, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture or business trust, more than fifty percent (50%) of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

11.3.                     Code Section 402(g) Limits.

 

(a)                                 In general.  The maximum amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of 

 

41

 

any Participant for any calendar year, when added to the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code section 402(g)(3)) under all other plans, contracts and arrangements of the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries with respect to the Participant for the calendar year, shall in no event exceed the maximum applicable limit in effect for the calendar year under Code section 402(g)(1).

 

(b)                                 Distribution of excess deferrals.  In the event an amount is included in a Participant’s gross income for a taxable year as a result of an excess deferral under Code section 402(g), and the Participant notifies the Administrator on or before the March 1 following the taxable year that all or a specified part of a Pre-Tax Contribution made or to be made for his or her benefit represents an excess deferral, the Administrator shall make every reasonable effort to cause such excess deferral, adjusted for allocable income or loss in accordance with Regulation section 1.402(g)-1(e)(5), be distributed to the Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such excess deferral was made; provided, however, such earnings shall not include earnings for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution ( the “gap period”).  No distribution of an excess deferral shall be made during the taxable year in which the excess deferral was made unless the correcting distribution is made after the date on which the Plan received the excess deferral and both the Participant and the Plan designate the distribution as a distribution of an excess deferral.  The amount of any excess deferrals that may be distributed to a Participant for a taxable year shall be reduced by the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions that were excess contributions and were previously distributed to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within such taxable year.

 

11.4.                     Code Section 401(k)(3) Limits.

 

(a)                                 Actual deferral ratios.  For each Plan Year, the Administrator will determine the “actual deferral ratio” for each Participant who is eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions.  The actual deferral ratio shall be the ratio, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Compensation for the applicable period.  For purposes of determining a Participant’s actual deferral ratio,

 

(i)                                     Pre-Tax Contributions will be taken into account only to the extent permitted by Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(6) and to the extent required by Regulation section 1.402(g)-1(d)(1);

 

(ii)                                  The applicable period for each Participant for a given Plan Year shall be that portion of the 12-month period ending on the last day of such Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant.

 

(iii)                               Employer Contributions may be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions to the

 

42

 

extent permitted by Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(3).

 

(b)                                 Actual deferral percentages.  The actual deferral ratios for all Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated group for the Plan Year, and the actual deferral ratios for all Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees but who are eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the nonhighly compensated group for the Plan Year.  The actual deferral percentages for any Plan Year must satisfy at least one of the following tests, which shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator in a manner consistent with Regulation section 1.401(k)-1:

 

(i)                                     The actual deferral percentage for any Plan Year for the highly compensated group does not exceed 125 percent of the actual deferral percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated group; or

 

(ii)                                  The excess of the actual deferral percentage for any Plan Year for the highly compensated group over the actual deferral percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated group does not exceed two percentage points, and the actual deferral percentage for any Plan Year for the highly compensated group does not exceed twice the actual deferral percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year of the nonhighly compensated group.

 

If the actual deferral percentages for any Plan Year fail to satisfy the tests in (i) or (ii) above, the Administrator may, to the extent permitted by Regulations and for the sole purpose of satisfying those tests, treat the Plan as two Plans, each covering one or more classifications of employees (consistent with Code section 410(b) and any regulations thereunder).  The Administrator will then apply the foregoing tests separately to each such Plan.

 

The “average deferral percentage” for any employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year shall be calculated by excluding Catch-Up Contributions and contributions made pursuant to Code section 414(u) by reason of an Eligible Employee’s qualified military service.  The average deferral percentage of such Highly Compensated Employee who has salary reduction contributions allocated to his account under the Plan and any other plan of the Company shall be determined as if all such contributions were made under a single plan.  If the above plans have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

 

43

 

(c)                                  Adjustments by Administrator.  If, prior to the time all Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year have been contributed to the Trust, the Administrator determines that Pre-Tax Contributions are being made at a rate which will cause the Code section 401(k)(3) limits to be exceeded for the Plan Year, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to one or more Highly Compensated Employees for the balance of the Plan Year by suspending or reducing Pre-Tax Contribution elections to the extent the Administrator deems appropriate.  Any Pre-Tax Contributions, which would otherwise be made to the Trust, shall instead be paid in cash to the affected Participant.

 

(d)                                 Excess contributions.  If the Code section 401(k)(3) limits have been exceeded for a Plan Year after all contributions for the Plan Year have been made, the Administrator shall determine the amount of excess contributions with respect to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.  For any Plan Year, ‘excess contributions’ means the excess of the aggregate amount of contributions taken into account in computing the deferral percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the actual deferral percentage test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their deferral percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).  Excess contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the actual deferral percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all the excess contributions have been allocated.  Any excess contributions will be recharacterized as After-Tax Contributions or distributed as provided below.  In no event will excess contributions remain unallocated or be allocated to a suspense account for allocation in a future Plan Year.

 

(e)                                  Recharacterization of excess contributions.  At the option of the Administrator, a Participant’s excess contributions may be recharacterized as After-Tax Contributions, provided the Administrator complies with the reporting requirements of Treas. Reg. section 1.40l(k)-l(f)(3) for such contributions and such recharacterization occurs no later than the March 15 following the Plan Year for which the contributions were made.  Recharacterized excess contributions will remain subject to the nonforfeitability requirements and distribution limitations that apply to Pre-Tax contributions.

 

(f)                                   Distribution of Excess Contributions.  At the option of the Administrator, a Participant’s excess contributions, adjusted for income or loss through the date of distribution pursuant to Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv), will be designated by the Corporation as a distribution of excess contributions and distributed to the Participant.  Distribution of excess contributions will be made 

 

44

 

after the date of distribution to which the contributions relate, but within 12 months after the close date of distribution.

 

(g)                                  Special rules.  For purposes of distributing excess contributions,

 

(i)                                     the amount of excess contributions that may be distributed with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of excess deferrals previously distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee for his or her taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

 

(ii)                                  Any distribution of less than the entire amount of excess contributions with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of excess contributions and allocable income or loss.

 

(h)                                 Record keeping requirement.  The Administrator, on behalf of the Corporation, shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Code section 401(k)(3) limits including the extent to which qualified matching contributions and Qualified Non-elective Employer Contributions are taken into account in determining the actual deferral ratios.

 

(i)                                     Separate application of limits.  The limits described in this Section 11.4 shall be applied separately with respect to Participants employed by any Employer which is not an Affiliated Corporation as if such Participants were participants in a separate plan for purposes of Code section 401(k).

 

(j)                                    Rules for Pre-Tax Contributions.  The availability of Pre-Tax Contributions shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.  Amounts attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions may not be distributed except in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in no event earlier than upon one of the following events: (i) the Employee’s retirement, death, disability or severance from employment; (ii) the termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan; (iii) the Employee’s attainment of age 59-1/2 or the Employee’s hardship; (iv) the sale or other disposition by an adopting Employer to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets used in a trade or business, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the acquiring corporation and the acquiring corporation does not maintain the Plan after the disposition; and (v) the sale or other disposition by an adopting Employer of its interest in a subsidiary to an unrelated entity but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the subsidiary and the acquiring entity does not maintain the Plan after the disposition.

 

11.5.                     Code Section 401(m) Limits.

 

(a)                                 Actual contribution ratios.  For each Plan Year, the Administrator will determine 

 

45

 

the “actual contribution ratio” for each Participant who is eligible for Employer Contributions.  The actual contribution ratio shall be the ratio, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Employer Contributions and After-Tax Contributions (if any) made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year, to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.  For purposes of determining a Participant’s actual contribution ratio,

 

(i)                                     Employer Contributions will be taken into account only to the extent permitted by Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b)(5).

 

(ii)                                  The applicable period for each Participant for a given Plan Year shall be that portion of the 12-month period ending on the last day of such Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant.

 

(iii)                               Pre-Tax Contributions may be treated as matching contributions to the extent permitted by Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b)(2).  Any forfeitures which are applied against Employer Contributions shall be treated as Employer Contributions.

 

(b)                                 Actual contribution percentages.  The actual contribution ratios for all Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible for Employer Contributions and After-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual contribution percentage for the highly compensated group for the Plan Year, and the actual contribution ratios for all Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees but who are eligible for Employer Contributions and After-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual contribution percentage for the nonhighly compensated group for the Plan Year. The actual contribution percentages for any Plan Year must satisfy at least one of the following tests, which shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator in a manner consistent with Regulation sections 1.401(m)-1 and 1.401(m)-2:

 

(i)                                     The actual contribution percentage for the Plan Year for the highly compensated group does not exceed 125 percent of the actual contribution percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated group; or

 

(ii)                                  The excess of the actual contribution percentage for the Plan Year for the highly compensated group over the actual contribution percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated group does not exceed two percentage points, and the actual contribution percentage for the Plan Year for the highly compensated group does not exceed twice the actual contribution percentage for the immediately preceding Plan Year of the nonhighly compensated group.  If the actual contribution percentages for any Plan Year fail to satisfy the tests in (i) or (ii) above, the Administrator may, to the extent permitted by Regulations 

 

46

 

and for the sole purpose of satisfying those tests, treat the Plan as two Plans, each covering one or more classifications of employees (consistent with Code section 410(b) and any regulations thereunder).  The Administrator will then apply the foregoing tests separately to each such Plan.

 

(c)                                  Excess aggregate contributions.  If the limits of Code section 401(m) have been exceeded for a Plan Year after all contributions for the Plan Year have been made, the Administrator shall determine the amount of excess aggregate contributions with respect to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.  For any Plan Year, ‘excess aggregate contributions’ means the excess of the aggregate contribution amounts taken into account in computing the contribution percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum contribution amounts permitted by the actual contribution percentage test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their contribution percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).  Excess aggregate contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest contribution amounts taken into account in calculating the actual contribution percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest of such contribution amounts and continuing in descending order until all the excess aggregate contributions have been allocated. Any excess aggregate contributions will be distributed as provided below.  In no event will excess aggregate contributions remain unallocated or be allocated to a suspense account for allocation in a future Plan Year.

 

(d)                                 Distribution of excess aggregate contributions.  A Participant’s excess aggregate contributions, adjusted for income or loss pursuant to Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv), will be designated by the Corporation as a distribution of excess aggregate contributions, and distributed to the Participant.  Distribution of excess aggregate contributions will be made after the close of the Plan Year to which the contributions relate, but within 12 months after the close of such Plan Year.  Distributions under this Section 11.5(e) shall comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of Code section 401(a)(4).

 

(e)                                  Record keeping requirement.  The Administrator, on behalf of the Corporation, shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Code section 401(m) limits, including the extent to which qualified elective contributions and qualified nonelective contributions are taken into account in determining the actual contribution ratios.

 

(f)                                   Separate application of limits.  The limits of this Section 11.5 shall be applied separately with respect to Participants employed by any Employer which is not an Affiliated Corporation as if such Participants were participants in a separate plan for purposes of Code section 401(m).

 

47

 

11.6.                     Aggregation Rules.  For purposes of Sections 11.4 and 11.5, all Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions and Employer Contributions made under two or more plans that are aggregated for purposes of Section 401(a)(4) and Section 410(b) of the Code (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be treated as made under a single plan; and if two or more plans are aggregated for purposes of Section 401(k) or Section 401(m) of the Code, the aggregated plans must satisfy Section 410(b) and 401(a)(4) of the Code as if they were a single plan.  A Highly Compensated Employee’s actual deferral percentage under Section 11.4 and actual contribution percentage under Section 11.5 shall be determined by treating all cash or deferred arrangements under which such employee is eligible as one arrangement.  Plans may be aggregated to satisfy Section 401(k) or Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same plan year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate because they do not employ the same testing method for calculating the average deferral percentage, the average contribution percentage, or for any other reason as required in accordance with the final Regulations under Sections 401(k) or Section 401(m) of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 12.  ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

12.1.                     Contribution of Amount Distributed from Another Qualified Plan.  An Eligible Employee who was formerly a participant in a “Distributing Plan” and who has received an eligible rollover (within the meaning of section 402(c)(4) of the Code), from the Distributing Plan (the “distribution”) may, within 60 days of receipt of the distribution from the Distributing Plan, contribute to the Trust, as a “Rollover Contribution”, an amount which

 

(a)                                 does not exceed the fair market value of the distribution, reduced by the amount contributed to the Distributing Plan on an after-tax basis by the Eligible Employee, as determined in accordance with section 72(f) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such amount to be reduced by any amounts theretofore distributed to the Eligible Employee which were not includable in his or her gross income for federal income tax purposes, and

 

(b)                                 includes no property other than (i) money received in the distribution, and (ii) money attributable to other property received in the distribution which is sold and the proceeds of which are transferred pursuant to section 402(c)(6) of the Code.

 

A “Distributing Plan” means (i) a plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Code; (ii) a qualified plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code (including after-tax employee contributions); (iii) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; (iv) an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or (v) an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.

 

The Eligible Employee may also transfer an eligible rollover distribution to the Plan by 

 

48

 

way of a direct rollover which satisfies the requirements of section 401(a)(31) of the Code, and such amount shall also be considered a “Rollover Contribution”.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, at the direction of the Administrator, and in accordance with such rules as the Administrator may establish from time to time, the Trustee may accept a direct rollover from a Roth elective deferral account under a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (a “Roth Rollover Contribution”), to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code.  Unless specifically provided otherwise, Roth Rollover Contributions shall be treated as rollover contributions for all purposes under the Plan.

 

12.2.                     Transfer of Amount Distributed from a Rollover IRA.  An Eligible Employee who has received a distribution from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity which qualifies as a distribution described in Code section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) may, in accordance with such Code section and within 60 days of receipt of the distribution from the individual retirement account or annuity, contribute a portion of the distribution to the Trust as a Rollover Contribution.  To qualify for transfer under this section, the value of the individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as the case may be, must be attributable to a previous rollover contribution from a plan qualified under Code section 401(a) of the Code or earnings thereon.

 

12.3.                     Monitoring of Rollovers.

 

(a)                                 The Administrator shall establish such procedures and require such information from employees seeking to make Rollover Contributions as it deems necessary to insure that such Rollover Contributions satisfy the requirements for tax-free rollovers established by conditions of this Article and the Code and the Regulations.

 

(b)                                 No amount may be contributed or transferred under this Article until approved by the Administrator.

 

12.4.                     Transfer Contribution.  Subject to such restrictions and procedures as the Administrator may prescribe (which, without limitation, may include restrictions as to the type of plan from which transfers will be permitted), amounts held for the benefit of an Eligible Employee under a Distributing Plan may be transferred (the “Transfer Contribution”) directly by the Distributing Plan to this Plan in accordance with the requirements of section 414(l) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.  A Transfer Contribution Account shall be established for each Eligible Employee for whom a Transfer Contribution is made.  To the extent determined by the Administrator to be required under section 411(d)(6) of the Code, an Eligible Employee for whom a Transfer Contribution Account is maintained shall be entitled to distributions and withdrawals from such Account under provisions not less restrictive than applied under the Distributing Plan.  To the extent the Distributing Plan was subject to the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417, such requirements shall continue to apply to the transferred amount. Transfers described in the last sentence of Section 12.1 shall not be allocated to a Transfer 

 

49

 

Contribution Account but shall be treated as Rollover Contributions for all purposes.

 

12.5.                     Treatment of Transferred Amount under the Plan.  An individual who makes a Rollover Contribution to the Trust or has a Transfer Contribution made to the Trust on his or her behalf shall not be eligible to make or receive any other contributions under the Plan until he or she has actually become a Participant and satisfied the eligibility requirements otherwise applicable to such contributions.  However, for all other purposes under the Plan (including without limitation, investment directions and distributions), an individual who makes a Rollover Contribution or for whom a Transfer Contribution has been made shall be treated as a Participant.

 

12.6.                     Non-Spouse Rollovers.  If, in accordance with Section 402(c)(2) of the Code and with respect to any portion of a distribution from the Plan on behalf of a deceased Participant, a direct rollover is made to an individual retirement account on behalf of a designated beneficiary (as defined in Section 401(a)(9)(E) of the Code) of the Participant which beneficiary is not the surviving spouse of the Participant, the direct rollover shall be treated as an eligible rollover distribution to a distribute.

 

ARTICLE 13.  SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

 

13.1.                     Provisions to Apply.  The provisions of this Article shall apply for any top-heavy Plan notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan.

 

13.2.                     Minimum Contribution.  For any Plan Year which is a top-heavy plan year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust a minimum contribution on behalf of each Participant who is not a key employee for such year and who has not separated from service from the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries by the end of the Plan Year.  The minimum contribution shall, in general, equal 3 percent of each such Participant’s Compensation received during the Plan Year, but shall be subject to the following special rules:

 

(a)                                 If the largest contribution on behalf of a key employee for such year, taking into account only Pre-Tax Contributions and Employer Contributions, is less than 3 percent of the key employee’s Compensation received during the Plan Year, such lesser percentage shall be the minimum contribution percentage for Participants who are not key employees.  This special rule shall not apply, however, if this Plan is required to be included in an aggregation group and enables a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code section 410(a)(4) or 410.

 

(b)                                 No minimum contribution will be required with respect to a Participant for any period during which the Participant is also covered by another top-heavy defined contribution plan of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary which meets the vesting requirements of Code section 416(b) and under which the Participant receives the top-heavy minimum contribution.

 

(c)                                  No minimum contribution will be required with respect to any Participant who is 

 

50

 

also covered by a top-heavy defined benefit plan of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary and the Participant receives the top-heavy defined benefit minimum (within the meaning of Code section 416(c)(1) and the Regulations thereunder) under such defined benefit plan.

 

(d)                                 The minimum contribution with respect to any Participant who is not a key employee for the particular year will be offset by any Employer Contributions (but not any other type of contribution) otherwise made for the Participant’s benefit for such year.

 

(e)                                  Any additional minimum contribution made for the benefit of a Participant under this Section shall be credited to his or her Employer Contribution Account as soon as practicable after the close of the Plan Year for which such contribution is made.

 

(f)                                   Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.  The employer may provide that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met).

 

13.3.                     Special Vesting Schedule.  Each Employee who is a Participant at any time during a top-heavy plan year shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in not less than the percentage of each of his or her Accounts as set forth in the following vesting schedule, based on the Participant’s Years of Credited Service:

 

	
Applicable
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Years of Credited Service
    	
 
    	
Nonforfeitable Percentage
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
less than 2
    	
 
    	
0
    	
%
    
	
2 but less than 3
    	
 
    	
20
    	
%
    
	
3 but less than 4
    	
 
    	
40
    	
%
    
	
4 but less than 5
    	
 
    	
60
    	
%
    
	
5 but less than 6
    	
 
    	
80
    	
%
    
	
6 or more
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

13.4.                     Definitions.  For purposes of these top-heavy provisions, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

51

 

(a)                                 “key employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000.  For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.  The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

(b)                                 “top-heavy plan year” means a Plan Year if the sum of the account balances of all key employees under the Plan and each other defined contribution plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such Plan) which is aggregated with the Plan, plus the sum of the present values of the total accrued benefits of all key employees under each defined benefit plan (as of the applicable determination date of each such plan) which is aggregated with the Plan exceeds 60 percent of the sum of such amounts for all Employees (including, for purposes of this paragraph (b), any person employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary) and former Employees (other than former key employees, but including Beneficiaries of former Employees) under the Plan and all such plans. For purposes of these determinations:

 

(i)                                     The foregoing determination will be made in accordance with the provisions of Code section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

 

(ii)                                  The term “determination date” means, with respect to the initial plan year of a plan, the last day of such plan year and, with respect to any other plan year of a plan, the last day of the preceding plan year of such plan.  The term “applicable determination date” means, with respect to the Plan, the determination date for the Plan Year of reference and, with respect to any other plan, the determination date for any plan year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the applicable determination date of the Plan.

 

(iii)                               Accrued benefits or account balances under a plan will be determined as of the most recent valuation date of the plan in that 12-month period ending on the applicable determination date of the plan; provided, however, that in the case of a defined benefit plan such valuation date must be the same date as is employed for minimum funding purposes, and in the case of a defined contribution plan the value so determined will be adjusted for contributions made after the valuation date to the extent required by applicable Regulations.

 

52

 

(iv)                              If any individual has not received any compensation from the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary maintaining a plan (other than benefits under the Plan) at any time during the 5-year period ending on the applicable determination date with respect to such plan, any accrued benefit for such individual (and the account of such individual) under such plan shall not be taken into account.

 

(v)                                 Each plan of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary (whether or not terminated) in which a key employee participates, and any other plan of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary which enables a plan referred to in the preceding clause to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b), shall be aggregated with the plan.  Any plan of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary not required to be aggregated with the Plan may nevertheless, at the discretion of the Administrator, be aggregated with the Plan if the benefits and coverage of all aggregate plans would continue to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

(vi)                              The determination of the present value of accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan shall be made on the basis of the funding assumptions employed by such plan.

 

(vii)                           The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.  In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”  The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

 

13.5.                     Separate Top Heavy Determinations for Subsidiaries.  To the extent required by section 416 of the Code, the portion of the Plan attributable to Participants who are employed by any Subsidiary which is not an Affiliated Corporation shall be treated as a separate plan for purposes of the top heavy determination and contribution requirements of this Article.

 

ARTICLE 14.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1.                     Exclusive Benefit Rule.  No part of the corpus or income of the Trust forming part 

 

53

 

of the Plan will be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of each Participant and Beneficiary, except as otherwise provided under the provisions of the Plan relating to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, and the return of contributions upon nondeductibility, mistake of fact, or the failure of the Plan to qualify initially.

 

14.2.                     Limitation of Rights.  Neither the establishment of the Plan or the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation, any Subsidiary, the Administrator, the Trustee, or the Investment Committee except as provided herein, and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way be affected hereby.  It is a condition of the Plan, and each Participant expressly agrees by his or her participation herein, that each Participant will look solely to the assets held in the Trust for the payment of any benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan.

 

14.3.                     Nonalienability of Benefits; Facility of Payment. The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to the extent required by law; provided, however, that if the Administrator receives any Qualified Domestic Relations Order that requires the payment of benefits hereunder or the segregation of any Account, such benefits shall be paid, and such Account segregated, in accordance with the applicable requirements of such Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to make any payment or distribution from the Plan due to any person under legal disability or who in the Administrator’s opinion is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs directly to such person or to his or her legal representative, or to a relative or friend of such person for his or her benefit, or the Administrator may direct the Trustee to apply the payment or distribution for the benefit of such person.

 

14.4.                     Changes in Vesting Schedule.  Subject to the requirements of Code Section 411(d)(6) and applicable Treasury regulations thereunder, a Plan amendment which changes a vesting schedule under the Plan shall apply with respect to any Participant who has completed three Years of Service prior to the expiration of the period described below only to the extent that the Participant’s vested percentage in his or her Accounts determined under the amendment is greater than the nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accounts determined without regard to the amendment.  The period referred to in the preceding sentence will begin on the date the amendment of the vesting schedule is adopted and will end 60 days after the latest of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date on which such amendment is adopted;

 

(b)                                 the date on which such amendment becomes effective; and

 

(c)                                  the date on which the Participant is issued written notice of such amendment by the Administrator.

 

54

 

14.5.                     Governing Law.  The Plan and Trust will be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Illinois to the extent such laws are not preempted by ERISA.

 

ARTICLE 15.  DEFINITIONS

 

Wherever used in the Plan, the singular includes the plural, and the following terms have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

15.1.                     “Abbott Plan” means the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

15.2.                     “Accounts” means, for any Participant, his or her Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Basic After-Tax Contribution Account, Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable), Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable) and any other accounts or subaccounts established on his or her behalf under the Plan by the Administrator or the Trustee.

 

15.3.                     “Administrator” means the Divisional Vice President, Compensation and Benefits, of AbbVie, unless the Board of Review appoints another entity or person(s) to administer the Plan.

 

15.4.                     “Affiliated Corporation” means (a) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) of which the Corporation is also a member, (b) any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control (as defined in Code section 414(c)) with the Corporation, (c) any trade or business that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of which the Corporation is also a member, or (d) to the extent required by Regulations issued under Code section 414(o), any other organization; provided that the term “Affiliated Corporation” shall not include any Corporation or unincorporated trade or business prior to the date on which such Corporation, trade or business satisfies the affiliation or control tests of (b), (c) or (d) above.  In identifying any “Affiliated Corporations” for purposes of the Code section 415 limits, the definitions in Code sections 414(b) and (c) shall be modified as provided in Code section 415(h).

 

15.5.                     “After-Tax Contribution Account” means a Participant’s Basic After-Tax Contribution Account or his or her Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

15.6.                     “Alternate Payee” means an alternate payee (as defined in section 414(p)(8) of the Code) who has rights to one or more Accounts under the Plan.

 

15.7.                     “Basic After-Tax Contribution” means a Basic Contribution made to the Plan by a Participant on an after-tax basis.

 

15.8.                     “Basic After-Tax Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account 

 

55

 

established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Basic After-Tax Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

15.9.                     “Basic Contribution” means any contribution made pursuant to Section 3.2 entitling the Participant to a share in the Employer Contributions.

 

15.10.              “Basic Pre-Tax Contribution” means a Basic Contribution made to the Plan for the benefit of a Participant on a pre-tax basis.

 

15.11.              “Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Basic Pre-Tax Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

15.12.              “Beneficiary” means any person entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

15.13.              “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

15.14.              “Board of Review” means the Employee Benefit Board of Review appointed and acting under the AbbVie Annuity Retirement Plan and having the duties and powers described in Article 9 of this Plan.

 

15.15.              “Break Year” means, with respect to any Employee, a 12 consecutive month period of severance.

 

15.16.              “Catch-Up Contributions” means any contributions made to the Plan for the benefit of a Participant on a pre-tax basis as described in Section 3.5.

 

15.17.              “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.  Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

 

15.18.              “Company Stock” means the common stock of the Corporation.

 

15.19.              “Compensation”  means,

 

(a)                                 for purposes of determining the amount of Pre-Tax, After-Tax, and Employer Contributions to be made on behalf of a Participant, (i) the Participant’s total compensation (prior to reduction for contributions under Code sections 401(k), 125 or 132(f)(4) and for contributions under the AbbVie Supplemental Savings Plan) for personal service actually rendered in the course of employment with participating Employers, including sales bonuses, sales incentives and sales commissions, but excluding (ii) any reimbursements, expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, or welfare benefits (whether or not 

 

56

 

those amounts are includable in gross income), prizes, or any Christmas, anniversary, or discretionary bonuses, the Participant’s deferrals made, or payments received, under the AbbVie Deferred Compensation Plan, or payments made under the AbbVie Award for Performance Excellence Plan, Cash Profit Sharing Plan, Management Incentive Plan, Supplemental Pension Plan, 401(k) Supplemental Plan, or plans maintained by any participating Employer which are determined by the Administrator to be similar to such plans, or any suggestion or other special awards.  For purposes of (i) above, cash bonuses calculated on a uniform basis and paid no more frequently than annually to all hourly compensated employees on a plant-wide basis shall be included in Compensation.  Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Paragraph (a), no amount shall be considered compensation for purposes of determining the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions unless the amount is compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations issued there under.

 

(b)                                 For purposes of applying the Code section 401(k)(3) and 401(m) limits, determining whether an individual is a Highly Compensated Employee, determining the Code section 415 limits, determining the need for or calculating a top-heavy minimum contribution, and determining the status of any individual as a “key employee,” compensation within the meaning of Code section 414(c)(3) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, including any differential wage payment (as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)) paid to the Participant by the Employer.

 

For all purposes under the Plan, Compensation for any Participant shall not exceed the amount specified in Code section 401(a)(17) for any Plan Year as adjusted thereunder for each such year (“Section 401(a)(17) Limitation”).  This limitation shall be applied on a Plan Year basis, shall not be prorated for any part of such Plan Year, and shall be applied only with respect to compensation earned after an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant.  For purposes of determining the maximum amount of Pre-Tax and After-Tax Contributions that may be made to the Plan on behalf of or by a Participant for any Plan Year, the Section 401(a)(17) Limitation shall be multiplied by 18%.  In determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules of Code section 414(q)(6) shall apply, except in applying such rules, the term “family” shall include only the spouse of the Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.  If, as a result of the application of such rules the Section 401(a)(17) Limitation is exceeded, then the Limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual’s Compensation as determined under this Section prior to the application of this Limitation.  The Section 401(a)(17) Limitation for 2012 is $250,000.

 

15.20.              “Contribution Agreement” means, for any Participant, the agreement by which the Participant elects to defer a certain portion of his or her regular pay and the Corporation agrees to contribute the deferred amount to the Participant’s Pre-Tax, After-Tax or Roth Contribution Account, whichever is applicable.

 

57

 

15.21.              “Corporation” means AbbVie, an Illinois corporation, and any successor to all or a major portion of its assets or business which assumes the obligations of the Corporation.

 

15.22.              “Division” means any functionally or geographically separate operating unit of the Corporation which is designated by the Board of Review as a “division” for the purposes of the Plan.

 

15.23.              “Effective Date” means January 1, 2013.

 

15.24.              “Eligible Employee” means:

 

(a)                                 any Employee who is employed by an Employer, provided no Employer contributes to a retirement program on his or her behalf, other than a federal or state-mandated retirement program, the AbbVie Annuity Retirement Plan, the AbbVie Pension Plan for Former BASF and Former Solvay Employees, any pension plan of an Employer incorporated under the laws of or having its principal manufacturing facility in Puerto Rico, or the Plan;

 

(b)                                 any Employee of any foreign entity, in which the Corporation has not less than a 10% interest, directly or through one or more entities, but which is not a participating Employer, if (i) such Employee is a citizen or resident alien of the United States of America, (ii) an Employer has entered into an agreement under Code Section 3121(l) which applies to such foreign entity, (iii) no contributions are provided by any entity to a funded plan of deferred compensation (other than the AbbVie Annuity Retirement Plan or any pension plan of any subsidiary of the Corporation having its principal place of business in Puerto Rico) for such Employee with respect to remuneration paid to such Employee by the foreign entity, and (iv) such Employee is designated a “U.S. Expatriate” on the records of an Employer;

 

(c)                                  each Employee of an Employer who is employed at a site, office or other facility of an Employer located outside of the United States of America if (i) such Employee is a citizen or resident alien of the United States of America, and (ii) such Employee is designated a “U.S. Expatriate” on the records of an Employer; and

 

(d)                                 for purposes of making Supplemental Contributions, a seasonal employee (that is, an Employee who is hired to work for less than one year) once he or she has completed One Year of Credited Service.

 

“Eligible Employee” does not include (i) an individual who provides services to an Employer under a contract, arrangement or understanding with either the individual directly or with an agency or leasing organization that treats the individual as either an independent contractor or an employee of such agency or leasing organization, even if such individual is 

 

58

 

subsequently determined (by an Employer, the Internal Revenue Service, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer rather than an independent contractor or employee of such agency or leasing organization, (ii) an Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement, unless such agreement specifically provides for such Employee’s participation in the Plan, (iii) any Employee who is employed by an Employer located in Puerto Rico, other than any person designated as a “U.S. Expatriate” on the records of an Employer, or (iv) an individual classified in the Human Resource System of an Employer as an individual on “Global Assignment”.  An individual classified in the Human Resource System of an Employer as an individual on “Global Assignment” shall not be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.

 

For all purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be an “Eligible Employee” for any Plan Year only if during that Plan Year an Employer treats that individual as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income taxes, even if such individual is subsequently determined (by an Employer, the Internal Revenue Service, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer in that Plan Year.

 

15.25.              “Employee” means any individual employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, including any leased employee and any other individual required to be treated as an employee pursuant to Code sections 414(n), 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

 

15.26.              “Employer” means the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary that had adopted the Plan or which becomes a participating employer thereafter under Section 2.6.

 

15.27.              “Employer Contributions” means the contributions made by the Employers under Section 3.7 for the benefit of the Participants under the Plan on account of Basic Contributions.

 

15.28.              “Employer Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Employer Contributions made under Section 3.7 for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

15.29.              “Entry Date” means the first day of each payroll period.

 

15.30.              “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes of similar import.

 

15.31.              “ESOP” means an employee stock ownership plan.

 

15.32.              “Highly Compensated Employee” means an employee of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary who:

 

(a)                                 was a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code section 416(i)(1)) of the Corporation, 

 

59

 

of an Affiliated Corporation or of a Subsidiary during the current or immediately preceding Plan Year, or;

 

(b)                                 received Compensation in excess of $80,000 during the immediately preceding Plan Year and was a member of the top-paid group of employees under Section 414(q)(3) of the Code, which consists of the top 20% of employees (other than employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code) for such year ranked on the basis of compensation received during the year.

 

The $80,000 amount in (b) above shall automatically be adjusted if and to the extent the corresponding amount in Code section 414(q) is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

15.33.              “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee, each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for an Employer each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed.

 

15.34.              “Investment Committee” means the persons appointed by the Board of Review to serve as the Investment Committee under the Trust.

 

15.35.              “Investment Fund” means any investment fund described in Article 5 or any investment fund selected by the Investment Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 as an investment option under the Plan.

 

15.36.              “Normal Retirement Age” means the first date following a Participant’s attaining age 65.

 

15.37.              “Participant” means each Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to its provisions or other individual for whom an Account is maintained.

 

15.38.              “Period of Credited Service” means with respect to any Employee the aggregate of all time periods beginning on the date the Employee first completes an Hour of Service or is reemployed and ending on the date a Break Year begins, subject to the following adjustments:

 

(a)                                 An Employee will be credited with one Year of Credited Service for each year of credited service under the Abbott Plan as in effect prior to October 1, 1988.

 

(b)                                 On or after October 1, 1988, an Employee shall be credited with 1/12th of a Year of Credited Service for each calendar month of employment (or portion thereof) during which he or she is employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, including employment prior to October 1, 1988; provided, however that the Employee will not be credited with less service than was credited to him under the Abbott Plan as of September 30, 1988.

 

(c)                                  An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 1 

 

60

 

consecutive month.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.  In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a Break Year.  For purposes of this Section,

 

(i)                                     an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement;

 

(ii)                                  a period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary.  Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service; and

 

(iii)                               in the case of a leave of absence for service in the armed forces of the United States, no period shall be excluded under this paragraph during which the Employee has reemployment rights with respect to the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary under federal law and contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be allow or provided, as the case may be, in accordance with Code section 414(u) and the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008.

 

(d)                                 If, to the extent, and on the terms so provided by the Board of Review at the time of acquisition, or at any subsequent date or in any Supplement to the Plan, the last continuous period of employment of any employee with any prior separate business entity, part or all of which is or was acquired by, or becomes part of an Employer will be considered a Period of Credited Service.

 

(e)                                  All service earned by a MediSense Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by MediSense, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining eligibility to make Basic Contributions under Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b).  For purposes of this Section 15.34(e), the term MediSense Employee shall mean an employee of MediSense, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(f)                                   All service earned by a Sanofi Employee (as defined below) since his or her last date of hire, as shown on the records of Sanofi Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware 

 

61

 

corporation (“Sanofi”), will be credited by the Plan toward that Employee’s Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s eligibility to make Basic Contributions under Section 2.1 and the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b).  For purposes of this Section 15.34(f), the term Sanofi Employee shall mean an individual who became an Employee of the Corporation pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April 28, 1997 between the Corporation and Sanofi.

 

(g)                                  All service earned by a Perclose Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by Perclose, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining eligibility to make Basic Contributions under Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b).  For purposes of this Section 15.34(g), the term Perclose Employee shall mean an employee of Perclose, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(h)                                 All service earned by an Overseas Knoll Employee (as defined below) under a Pre-acquisition Plan (as defined below) immediately prior to the closing on March 2, 2001 of the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) between Abbott Laboratories and BASF Aktiengesellschaft (“BASF”) will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b) and for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of the Section 15.34(h), the term Knoll Overseas Employee shall mean, an individual who meets all of the following requirements: (i) such individual was employed as of March 2, 2001 by any subsidiary or affiliate of BASF outside of the United States that was acquired by Abbott Laboratories under the terms of the Purchase Agreement (such acquired subsidiary or affiliate being hereinafter referred to as “Foreign Affiliate”); and (ii) such individual becomes an Employee of an Employer and otherwise meets the eligibility and participation requirements of the plan.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(h), the Term “Pre-acquisition Plan” shall mean a plan that operates a “defined contribution” “individual-account” (as those terms are understood under ERISA), in which a Foreign Affiliate participated as of March 2, 2001.

 

(i)                                     All service earned by a Vysis Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by Vysis, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(i), the term Vysis Employee shall mean an employee of Vysis, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

62

 

(j)                                    All service earned by a Spinal Concepts Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by Spinal Concepts, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(j), the term Spinal Concepts Employee shall mean an employee of Spinal Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(k)                                 All service earned by a ZonePerfect Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by ZonePerfect Nutrition Company will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(k), the term ZonePerfect Employee shall mean an employee of ZonePerfect Nutrition Company, a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(l)                                     All service earned by an Integrated Vascular Systems Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(l), the term Integrated Vascular Systems Employee shall mean an employee of Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(m)                             All service earned by a TheraSense Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by TheraSense, Inc. will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service describe in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.35(m), the term TheraSense Employee shall mean an employer of TheraSense, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an Affiliated Corporation.

 

(n)                                 All service earned by an i-STAT Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by i-STAT Corporation will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for Purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(n), the term i-STAT Employee shall mean an employee of i-STAT Corporation, a Delaware Corporation and an affiliated Corporation.

 

(o)                                 All service credited to a Vascular Employee (as defined below) under the Abbott Retirement Savings Plan will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(o), the term Vascular Employee shall mean an individual on whose behalf an account was 

 

63

 

transferred from the Abbott Retirement Savings Plan to their Plan effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2006.

 

(p)                                 All service credited to a Kos Employee (as defined below) under the Kos Savings Plan will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(p), the term Kos Employee shall mean an individual employed by Kos Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or its affiliates, on December 15, 2006.

 

(q)                                 All service credited to an AMO Employee (as defined below) under the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A. For purposes of this Section 15.34 (q), the term AMO Employee shall mean an individual on whose behalf an account was transferred from the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan to this Plan effective as of the close of business on March 1, 2009.

 

(r)                                    All service credited to an employee of Visiogen, Inc., or a subsidiary of Visiogen, Inc.,  under the Visiogen, Inc., 401(k) Plan (the ‘Visiogen 401(k) Plan’) will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(r), the term Visiogen Employee shall mean an individual who was an active participant in the Visiogen 401(k) Plan effective as of the close of business on October 20, 2009.

 

(s)                                   All service credited to an employee of Evalve, Inc., or a subsidiary of Evalve, Inc.,  under the Evalve, Inc., 401(k) Plan (the ‘Evalve 401(k) Plan’) will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.  For purposes of this Section 15.34(r), the term Evalve Employee shall mean an individual who was an active participant in the Evalve 401(k) Plan effective as of the close of business on November 2, 2009.

 

(t)                                    All service credited to an employee of Starlims Technologies LTD,an Israeli Corporation, will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service or purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A. For purposes of this Section 15.34(t), the term Starlims Employee shall mean an individual who was an active participant in the Starlims 401 (k) Plan effective as of the close of business on March 21, 2010.

 

64

 

(u)                                 All service credited to an employee of Facet, Inc., or a subsidiary of Facet, Inc., under the Facet, Inc., 401(k) Plan (the ‘Facet 401(k) Plan’) will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A. For purposes of this Section 15.34(u), the term Facet Employee shall mean an individual who was an active participant in the Facet 401(k) Plan effective as of the close of business on March 9, 2010.

 

15.39.              “Plan” means the AbbVie Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

15.40.              “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

15.41.              “Point Value” means the dollar value of an earnings or service point determined for a Plan Year by dividing the aggregate Employer Contributions made under Section 3.7 for such Plan Year (less that portion of such Employer Contributions determined under Section 3.7(f) that are distributed during such Plan Year to Participants by the aggregate earnings and service points credited under Section 3.7 for such Plan Year to all Participants entitled to share in Employer Contributions to the Plan for such Plan Year (less the points attributable to participants to or for whom distributions are made during the Plan Year).

 

15.42.              “Pre-Tax Contribution Account” means the Participant’s Basic Pre-Tax Contribution Account or his or her Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

 

15.43.              “Pre-Tax Contributions” means, for any Participant, the aggregate of the Participant’s Basic Pre-Tax Contributions and Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions contributed to the applicable Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

 

15.44.              “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which constitutes a “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of Code section 414(p).  A judgment, decree or order shall not be considered not to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order merely because it requires a distribution to an alternate payee (or the segregation of accounts pending distribution to an alternate payee) before the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution under the Plan.

 

15.45.              “Qualified Non-elective Employer Contribution” means a contribution (other than an Employer Contribution) made for the benefit of a Participant by the Employer in its discretion.

 

15.46.              “Regulation” means a regulation issued by the Department of Treasury, or the Department of Labor, as the case may be, including any final regulation, proposed regulation, temporary regulation, as well as any modification of any such regulation contained in any notice, revenue procedure, advisory or similar pronouncement issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor, whichever is applicable.

 

15.47.              “Retirement Program” means the program of retirement benefits, provided by the Corporation, of which the Plan and the AbbVie Annuity Retirement Plan form a part.

 

65

 

15.48.              “Rollover Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account described in Section 12.1 or 12.2, as established by the Administrator or the Trustee, to which the Participant’s Rollover Contribution, if any, is allocated.

 

15.49.              “Rollover Contribution” means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the requirements for rollover contributions as set forth in Article 12.

 

15.50.              “Roth Catch-Up Contribution” means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the requirements set forth in subparagraph 3.6(b).

 

15.51.              “Roth Conversion Contribution” means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the requirements set forth in subparagraph 3.6(c).

 

15.52.              “Roth 401(k) Account” means the Account described in subparagraph 3.6(a).

 

15.53.              “Roth 401(k) Contribution” means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the requirements set forth in subparagraph 3.6(a).

 

15.54.              “Roth Rollover Contribution Account” means the Account described in Section 6.2.

 

15.55.              “Section” means a section of the Plan.

 

15.56.              “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or business trust fifty percent (50%) or more of the control of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, except as provided in Article 11.

 

15.57.              “Supplemental After-Tax Contribution” means a Supplemental Contribution made to the Plan by the Participant on an after-tax basis.

 

15.58.              “Supplemental After-Tax Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Supplemental After-Tax Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

15.59.              “Supplemental Contribution” means any contribution made pursuant to Section 3.3 and for which no Employer Contribution is made.

 

15.60.              “Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution” means a Supplemental Contribution made to the Plan for the benefit of a Participant on a pre-tax basis.

 

15.61.              “Supplemental Pre-Tax Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Supplemental Pre-Tax Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

66

 

15.62.              “Transfer Contribution” means a contribution made on behalf of a Participant by way of a trustee-to-trustee transfer as described in Section 12.4.

 

15.63.              “Transfer Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account described in Section 12.4 established by the Administrator or the Trustee to which the Participant’s Transfer Contribution, if any, is allocated.

 

15.64.              “Transferred Employees” means employees of the Corporation who transfer employment from Abbott Laboratories to the Corporation on the Effective Date.

 

15.65.              “Trust” means the trust established between the Corporation, the Trustee and the Investment Committee in connection with the Plan, together with any and all amendments thereto.

 

15.66.              “Trustee” means the person(s) or entity appointed by the Board of Review to serve as Trustee under the Trust.

 

15.67.              “Unallocated Account” means the portion of the Trust to which Employer Contributions are made during the Plan Year, in which shares of Company Stock will be held prior to allocation to Participant Accounts, to which dividends paid on such shares of Company Stock will be paid, and from which will be paid expenses of the Plan.

 

15.68.              “Valuation Date” means each business day of each Plan Year.

 

15.69.              “Year of Credited Service” means, with respect to any Employee, a twelve-month Period of Credited Service.

 

67

 

SUPPLEMENT A

Special Rules Related to Transfers From and To the Abbott Plan

 

A-1.                         Transfer from Abbott Plan.  Effective on or about the Effective Date (the “Transfer Date”), Abbott Laboratories (“Abbott”) is authorizing as a dividend to its shareholders all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement.  As soon as practicable after such date the accounts held for Transferred Employees in the Abbott Plan, as in effect on the Transfer Date, are being transferred to this Plan and corresponding assets are being transferred from the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Trust to the Trust; such accounts will be held until distributed, all in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust.  The transfer of accounts will be made in accordance with Sections 401(a)(12) and 414(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

A-2.                         Subsequent Transfers of Accounts From and To the Plan.  At such time or times as the Administrator and the applicable fiduciary of the Abbott Plan shall agree, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish, (a) there shall be transferred to this Plan accounts under the Abbott Plan in respect of Post-Distribution AbbVie Employees and other individuals who cease to be employed by a member of the Abbott Group and become directly employed by a member of the AbbVie Group during the Transition Period (including accounts in respect of beneficiaries and/or alternate payees); and (b) there shall be transferred from this Plan to the Abbott Plan the Accounts under this Plan in respect of individuals who cease to be employed by a member of the AbbVie Group after the Distribution Date and become directly employed by a member of the Abbott Group during the Transition Period (including Accounts in respect of beneficiaries, and/or alternate payees).

 

A-3.                         Adjustment and Transfer of Accounts.  All accounts transferred from the Abbott Plan shall be adjusted as of the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-2(a)) to reflect additions, distributions, investment earnings and losses and any other account transactions.  Abbott Plan accounts as so adjusted shall be transferred to the Plan on or as soon as practicable after the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-2(a)) and shall be thereafter maintained in the name of the appropriate Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

A-4.                         Participant Elections/Beneficiary Designations.  Any elections (including beneficiary designations) in effect for Transferred Employees under the Abbott Plan as of the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-2(a)) shall remain effective unless and until those elections or designations are subsequently changed in accordance with the terms of this Plan; provided, however, that a beneficiary designation shall not be carried over for any Transferred Employee who, as of the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-2(a)) is married and had designated a beneficiary other than a spouse.

 

A-5.                         Prior Service.  Each Transferred Employee who participated in the Abbott Plan shall be credited with all service accrued under the Abbott Plan as of the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-2(a)).

 

 

A-6.                         Use of Terms.  Certain capitalized terms used in this Supplement A shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A to this Supplement A unless the context clearly calls for another definition.  All terms and provisions of the Plan shall apply to this Supplement A, except that where the terms and provisions of the plan and this Supplement A (including Exhibit A to Supplement A) conflict, the terms of provisions of this Supplement A shall govern.

 

2

 

EXHIBIT A To SUPPLEMENT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms as used in this Supplement A shall have the meaning set forth below unless otherwise specified herein:

 

“Abbott” means Abbott Laboratories, an Illinois corporation.

 

“Abbott Former Employee” means a Former Employee who is not an AbbVie Former Employee.

 

“Abbott Group” means Abbott and the Abbott Subsidiaries (excluding, after the Distribution, any member of the AbbVie Group).

 

“Abbott LTD Participant” means an Abbott Former Employee who is, as of the Distribution Date, receiving long-term disability benefits under the Abbott Laboratories Extended Disability Plan or the Abbott Laboratories Puerto Rico Long Term Disability Plan.

 

“Abbott Retained Employee” means any Employee other than an AbbVie Employee.

 

“AbbVie Business” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“AbbVie Employee” means any Employee who is (i) employed by the AbbVie Group as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date, (ii) designated prior to the Distribution Date by Abbott as an individual whose employment is to transfer (referred to internally by the Parties as “map”) to the AbbVie Group, (iii) hired by the Abbott Group on or after the Distribution Date (but prior to the consummation of the applicable Local Closing Transaction) who is primarily employed in connection with a Deferred AbbVie Local Business, or (iv) designated as an AbbVie Employee by joint agreement of the Parties (in all cases, other than an Employee who is designated by Abbott prior to the Distribution Date as intended not to transfer to the AbbVie Group).

 

“AbbVie Former Employee” means a Former Employee who either (i) was designated by Abbott as an Employee whose employment was to transfer (“map”) to 

 

3

 

the AbbVie Group or (ii) if no such designation was made, was primarily employed or engaged in the AbbVie Business immediately prior to such individual’s termination of employment.

 

“AbbVie Group” means AbbVie and the AbbVie Subsidiaries.

 

“AbbVie LTD Participant” means an AbbVie Former Employee who is, as of the Distribution Date, receiving long-term disability benefits under the Abbott Laboratories Extended Disability Plan or the Abbott Laboratories Puerto Rico Long Term Disability Plan.

 

“Deferred AbbVie Local Business” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Distribution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Employee” means an employee on the payroll of Abbott, an Abbott Subsidiary, AbbVie or an AbbVie Subsidiary (not including any Former Employee), including any employee absent from work on account of vacation, jury duty, funeral leave, personal leave, sickness, short-term disability, long-term disability or workers’ compensation leave (in each case, unless treated as a separated employee for employment purposes), military leave, family leave, pay continuation leave, or other approved leave of absence or for whom an obligation to recall, rehire or otherwise return to employment exists under a contractual obligation or Law.

 

“Former Employee” means any individual whose employment with the Abbott Group terminated on or prior to the Distribution Date, for whom no obligation to recall, rehire or otherwise return to employment exists under a contractual obligation or Law.

 

“Law” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Local Closing Transaction” means the local closing transaction involving a Deferred AbbVie Local Business.

 

4

 

“LTD Participant” means a Former Employee who is either an Abbott LTD Participant or an AbbVie LTD Participant.

 

“Parties” means Abbott and AbbVie.

 

“Post-Distribution AbbVie Employee” means an AbbVie Employee whose intended transfer from the Abbott Group to the AbbVie Group in connection with the Distribution is to occur after the Distribution Date.

 

“Separation and Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between the Parties, dated as of November 28, 2012.

 

“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Transfer Date” means, with respect to each (i) AbbVie Employee (other than a Post-Distribution AbbVie Employee), the Distribution Date; (ii) Post-Distribution AbbVie Employee, the date on which such person first becomes employed by the AbbVie Group following the Distribution Date; and (iii) LTD Participant, where the Transfer Date concept is relevant, the Distribution Date.

 

“Transition Period” means the period beginning on the Distribution Date and ending on the date that is the 30-month anniversary of the Distribution Date.

 

5

 

ABBVIE PUERTO RICO SAVINGS PLAN

 

(Effective January 1, 1996

and as further amended, restated and renamed effective

January 1, 2013)

 

 

ARTICLE 1.

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1.                            Purpose.  This document amends and restates the provisions of the AbbVie Puerto Rico Savings Plan (formerly known as the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico), and hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) effective January 1, 2013, as amended, restated and renamed.

 

The Plan is a profit sharing plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under sections 1165(a) and (e) of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “PR-Code”) and the trust forming a part thereof is intended to be exempt from taxation under PR-Code section 1165(a) and, pursuant to section 1022(i)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, under section 501(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Prior to October 1, 1997, Abbott Chemicals, Inc. maintained the Plan and was the Plan Sponsor.  On September 30, 1997, Abbott Chemicals, Inc. merged with and into Abbott Health Products, Inc. with Abbott Health Products, Inc. being the surviving corporation.  Effective October 1, 1997, Abbott Health Products, Inc. is the sponsor and maintains the Plan.

 

Effective October 1, 2005, Abbott Pharmaceuticals Puerto Rico Ltd. (now known as AbbVie Ltd.) is the sponsor and maintains the Plan.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2011, and unless otherwise required or provided, the Plan is amended to incorporate the provisions of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 2011, as amended, and as may be further amended from time to time (the “New PR Code”, and collectively with the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, also referred to as the “PR-Code” when applicable, or when the context so requires), and any subsequent legislation that modifies or supersedes the foregoing.  The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, may also be referred to as the “94 PR-Code” when so required to differentiate it from the New PR Code.

 

1.2.                            Objective.  The Plan provides an arrangement by which employees may invest in stock of AbbVie Inc. (“AbbVie Stock”) by contributing to the AbbVie Puerto Rico Savings Plan Trust (the “Trust”) and by which the Corporation and its affiliates in Puerto Rico will encourage such investment by also making contributions to the Trust. Employer Contributions received by the Trust will be applied by the Trustee to acquire, and hold under the Trust, shares of AbbVie Stock for the benefit of the Participants in the Plan or any one or more of the Investment Funds made available under the Plan, to the end that upon retirement or prior termination of employment, the Participants may receive a distribution in cash or in AbbVie Stock, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

1

 

ARTICLE 2.

PARTICIPATION

 

2.1.                            Date of Participation.  Each individual who was a Participant on September 30, 2001 and is an Eligible Employee on October 1, 2001 shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan.  Beginning October 1, 2001, each other Employee shall become a Participant on any Entry Date following his or her date of hire after he or she has entered into a Contribution Agreement under Section 3.4.

 

2.2.                            Enrollment of Participants.  An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant by completing an application request to the Administrator within 30 days after he or she receives the application, or by such other means as the Administrator establishes for enrollment.  Such application shall authorize the Participant’s Employer to deduct from his or her Compensation (or reduce his or her Compensation by) the contributions required under Section 3.2 or 3.3, whichever is applicable.

 

2.3.                            Reemployment of Participant.  If an Employee’s employment with the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary should terminate and such Employee is subsequently reemployed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, the following shall apply:

 

(a)                                 If the reemployment occurs before the Employee has a Break Year, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated, the period of his or her absence (but not to exceed 12 months) shall be included in his or her Period of Credited Service, and he or she will be reinstated as a Participant on his or her date of reemployment, if the Participant is an Eligible Employee on that date.

 

(b)                                 If an Employee is reemployed after a Break Year, and at the time of termination he or she was not a Participant in the Plan, then:

 

(i)                                     If the Employee’s Years of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination exceeds his or her number of consecutive Break Years, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated and he or she will be reinstated as a Participant on his or her date of reemployment if he or she is then an Eligible Employee.

 

(ii)                                  If the Employee’s number of consecutive Break Years equals or exceeds the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination, the Employee shall be considered as a new Employee for all purposes of the Plan and any Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled prior to the date of termination shall be disregarded.

 

2

 

(c)                                  If an Employee is reemployed after a Break Year, and at the time of termination he or she was a Participant in the Plan, the Period of Credited Service to which he or she was entitled at the time of termination shall be reinstated.

 

(d)                                 If a Participant is transferred or is given a leave of absence for a temporary or indefinite period for the purpose of becoming an Employee of a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Corporation which is not an Employer hereunder, and such Participant is not treated as an Eligible Employee under Section 14.21, he or she will continue as a Participant until his or her retirement date or earlier termination of service with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries, except that during such period the Employee may not make any contributions and will not be credited with any Employer contributions except for a pro rata share of his or her Employer’s contributions for the year in which the transfer is made or the leave began, as the case may be, based upon his or her own contributions and service up to the date of such transfer or the date such leave began, as the case may be.  If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries is terminated by reason of his or her death, retirement or otherwise while he or she is employed by the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary which is not an Employer hereunder, the Participant will be considered to have terminated his or her employment with the Employers at the same time and for the same reason.

 

(e)                                  In the case of maternity or paternity absence (as defined below), an Employee shall be deemed to be employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation, or any Subsidiary (solely for purposes of determining whether the Employee has incurred a Break Year) during the calendar year following the calendar year in which his or her employment terminated.  A “maternity or paternity absence” means an Employee’s absence from work because of the pregnancy of the Employee or birth of a child of the Employee, the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or for purposes of caring for the child immediately following such birth or placement.  The Administrator may require the Employee to furnish such information as the Administrator considers necessary to establish that the employee’s absence was for one of the reasons specified above.

 

2.4.                            Duration of Participation.  An individual who has become a Participant under the Plan will remain a Participant for as long as an Account is maintained under the Plan for his or her benefit, or until his or her death, if earlier.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and unless otherwise expressly provided for under the Plan, no contributions under the Plan shall be made on behalf of any Participant, unless the Participant is an Eligible Employee at the time for which the contribution or allocation is made.

 

2.5.                            Participant Restricted Due to Conflict of Interest.  If a conflict of interest as defined in subsection (c) should arise with respect to any Participant:

 

3

 

(a)                                 Such Participant shall continue as a Participant until his or her retirement date or earlier termination of service with the Employer, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, except that during the period of such conflict of interest such Participant must, within 30 days after notice from the Administrator, elect to have 100% of the value of the shares of Company Stock credited to his or her Accounts transferred to an income producing, low risk, liquid Investment Fund, or one of the other investment options available under the Plan (other than Company Stock).  If the Participant fails to make such election, such shares shall be sold and the sale proceeds shall be transferred to the default Investment Fund selected under Section 5.6.  Any After-Tax Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions and pro-rata Employer Contributions designated by the Participant under Section 5.1 to be invested in shares of Company Stock, and any dividends on shares of Company Stock held in the Participant’s Accounts, made for or paid during the calendar year in which such conflict of interest arises, shall likewise be transferred to the investment option the Participant selects under the first sentence of this subsection (b) or to the default Investment Fund referred to in the second sentence.  These transfers shall not be subject to any of the investment restrictions described in Section 5.4.

 

(b)                                 Such Participant may elect to make After-Tax Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions during the period of such conflict of interest, , provided that no such contributions may be invested in shares of Company Stock.

 

(c)                                  A “conflict of interest” means a business, professional, family or other relationship involving the Participant, which, as a result of statute, ordinance, regulation or generally recognized professional standard or rule requires divestiture by the Participant of shares of Company Stock.  The existence or non-existence of a conflict of interest for purposes of this Section 2.5 shall be determined by the Administrator, which determination shall be final and binding on all persons.  Any determination made under this subsection (c) shall have no effect on the application of any human resources or corporate policies of any Employer regarding conflict of interest.

 

2.6.                            Participation by Additional Participating Employers.  The Board of Review may extend the Plan to any nonparticipating Division by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of an appropriate resolution by the Board of Review to that effect.  Any Subsidiary or Affiliated Corporation may adopt the Plan and become a participating Employer hereunder by:

 

(a)                                 filing with the Board of Review and the Trustee a written instrument to that effect; and

 

(b)                                 filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Review consenting to such action.

 

At the time the Plan is extended to any Division of the Corporation or is adopted by any Subsidiary or Affiliated Corporation or any time thereafter, the Board of Review may modify the

 

4

 

Plan or any of its terms as applied to said Subsidiary, or Affiliated Corporation and its employees.  The Board of Review may include in the Plan any employee of any prior separate business entity, part or all of which was acquired by or becomes a part of any Employer.  To the extent and on the terms so provided by the Board of Review at the time of acquisition, or at any subsequent date or in any Supplement to the Plan, the last continuous period of employment of any employee with such prior separate business entity, part or all of which is or was acquired by, or becomes a part of any Employer, will be considered a Period of Credited Service.

 

2.7.                            Securities Law Restrictions.

 

(a)         The Administrator may, from time to time, impose such restrictions on participation in the Plan, as the Administrator deems advisable, to facilitate compliance with federal and Puerto Rico securities laws to secure exemption under any rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Puerto Rico Commissioner of Financial Institutions or to comply with the Corporation’s corporate policy with respect to “blackout periods” related to Company Stock.  Such restrictions shall apply to all Participants or to such individual Participants as the

 

Administrator shall determine in his or her sole discretion and may include but shall not be limited to (i) moratoriums on purchases, sales, withdrawals or distributions of AbbVieCompany Stock; (ii) suspensions of Contributions allocated to Companye Stock.

 

(b)         Any Participant for whom Contributions are suspended under Section 2.7(a) may elect to make or continue making Contributions, provided that no such contributions may be invested in shares of Company Stock.

 

ARTICLE 3.

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.1.                            Participant Contributions.  Except as provided in Sections 2.5 and 2.7, each Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 may have Contributions made to the Plan on his or her behalf as described in Section 3.2.  Each Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 may elect to have Catch-up Contributions made to the Plan on his or her behalf as described in Section 3.3A; provided, however, that a Participant may make Catch-up Contributions only if he or she is making Pre-Tax Contributions in the maximum amount allowable under the Plan.

 

3.2.                            Contributions.  Except as provided in Section 2.5, each Participant who is an Eligible Employee may enter into a Contribution Agreement with the Employer under which the Participant’s compensation for each pay period shall be reduced by 2%, and the Employer will contribute to the Trust an equal amount as a Pre-Tax Contribution, or as After-Tax Contribution, as the Participant elects; provided, however, that if in order to satisfy the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and, with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions need to be reduced or entirely suspended for the remainder of a Plan Year, then the Participant’s

 

5

 

Contribution Arrangement will be considered automatically amended to provide that the Participant’s Compensation for the remainder of the Plan Year shall be reduced by 2% and the Employer will contribute to the Trust an equal amount as an After-Tax Contribution.  For purposes of this Section 3.2, Compensation shall be limited to that portion of his or her Compensation as is determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that the Annual Compensation limits and Annual Pre-Tax Contribution limits set forth elsewhere under this Plan and the Contribution limits set forth herein shall be interpreted together so that the Annual Compensation taken into account for purposes of Participant Contributions do not preclude a Participant from maximizing his or her Annual Pre-Tax Contribution limits.  Each Participant who makes such contributions shall be eligible to share in the Employer Contributions under Section 3.5.

 

3.3.                            Maximum Contributions.  All Contributions in excess of the contributions indicated under Section 3.2 shall be made in multiples of 1% of the Participant’s Compensation; provided that a Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions may not exceed the limits set forth under Article 11; further provided that a Participant’s After-Tax Contributions may not exceed 10% of his or her Compensation; and further provided that the Participant’s combined Pre-Tax Contributions and After-Tax Contributions may not exceed 25% of his or her Compensation.  The Participant shall elect in the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.4 to make such contributions as Pre-Tax Contributions, as After-Tax Contributions, or both, as applicable.  No Employer Contributions under Section 3.5 or 3.5A, as applicable, shall be made with respect to Contributions in excess of 2% of his or her Compensation.

 

For purposes of the limits set forth above with respect to After-Tax Contributions, the following rules shall apply: After-Tax Contributions (a) shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the aggregate compensation of the Participant for all the years since he or she has been a Participant and any other applicable contribution limitation under the New PR Code; and (b) shall be used solely for the purpose of providing benefits to the Participant or the Beneficiaries, as provided under New PR Code Section 1081.01(a) (15). Such limitations shall be modified accordingly, pursuant to amendments made from time to time to Section 1081.01(a) (15) of the New PR Code and any subsequent legislation or regulation that modifies, supersedes or interprets the foregoing.

 

3.3A.                   Catch-up Contributions.  Only those Participants, who make Pre-Tax Contributions under Sections 3.2 and 3.3, in the maximum amount allowable under the Plan, may make Catch-up Contributions.  Catch-up Contributions shall be made in the amount elected by the Participant up to the maximum allowable under the PR-Code for any Plan Year as per the applicable limits under the 94 PR Code, or under the New PR Code, as applicable.  The Participant shall elect in the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.4 to make such Catch-up Contributions.  No Employer Contributions shall be made with respect to Catch-up Contributions.

 

3.4.                            Contribution Agreements.  Each Contribution Agreement shall be on a form prescribed or approved by the Administrator or in such manner as the Administrator finds acceptable, and may be entered into, changed or revoked by the Participant, with such prior notice as the Administrator may prescribe, as of the first day of any pay period with respect to Compensation payable thereafter.  A Contribution Agreement shall be effective with respect to

 

6

 

Compensation payable to a Participant after the date determined by the Administrator, but not earlier than the date the Agreement is entered into.  The Administrator may reject, amend or revoke the Contribution Agreement of any Participant if the Administrator determines that the rejection, amendment or revocation is necessary to ensure that the limitations referred to in Section 3.8 and Article 11 are not exceeded.

 

3.5.                            Employer Contributions for Periods Ending on or Before September 30, 2001.  For each Plan Year ending before January 1, 2001, and for the 9-month period beginning on January 1, 2001 and ending on September 30, 2001, the Employers shall make Employer Contributions to the Trust for the benefit of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year and on whose behalf Basic Contributions have been made at any time during the Plan Year.  The amount of Employer Contributions made by the Employers for a Plan Year shall be that amount allocated to the Plan under Section 1.4 of the Preamble to the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Program for such Plan Year.  For purposes of this Section 3.5, the 9-month period beginning on January 1, 2001 and ending on September 30, 2001 shall be treated as though it were a Plan Year.

 

The Employers may contribute from time to time to the Unallocated Account a portion of the estimated Employer Contributions for the Plan Year.  The Trustee shall invest such funds in Abbott Stock periodically in accordance with stock trading procedures established by the Committee and agreed to by the Trustee.  All dividends paid during the year on the Abbott Stock thus purchased and held in the Unallocated Account and other income received on Employer Contributions held in the Unallocated Account pending investment in Abbott Stock shall be used to purchase additional Abbott Stock to the extent such funds are not used to pay Plan expenses.

 

After the amount of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year has been determined, the Employers shall pay the remaining Employer Contributions to the Trust within 90 days after the end of the Plan Year.  The Abbott Stock purchased with such additional Employer Contributions and all shares of Abbott Stock then held in the Unallocated Account shall be allocated among the accounts of the eligible Participants as of the last day of the Plan Year, based on the value of the Participant’s earnings points and service points determined as follows:

 

(a)                                 One earnings point will be allocated to each eligible Participant for each $2 of Basic Contributions made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year;

 

(b)                                 Five service points will be allocated to each eligible Participant for each full Year of Credited Service he or she has earned as of the end of the Plan Year, not to exceed 175 service points;

 

(c)                                  A Participant who dies, retires under the AbbVie Puerto Rico Pension Plan (formerly known as the Abbott Puerto Rico Retirement Plan), or terminates employment with an Employer on account of total disability for which benefits are payable under the AbbVie Puerto Rico Long Term Disability Plan (formerly known as the Abbott Laboratories Puerto Rico Long Term Disability Plan), at any time during the Plan Year, will be considered as having continued to be employed

 

7

 

until December 31 of that Year and will thus earn a Year of Credited Service for purposes of subsection (b);

 

(d)                                 A Participant who separates from service with the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries for any reason other than death, disability or retirement, at any time during the Plan Year, will be allocated a pro rata portion of the service points the Participant would have received had the Participant continued to be employed until December 31 of that Year, prorated based on the months during the Plan Year prior to the Participant’s separation from service, and will thus earn a partial Year of Credited Service for purposes of subsection (b);

 

(e)                                  A Participant who is transferred or given a leave of absence in circumstances described in Section 2.3(d) above, at any time during the Plan Year, will be allocated a pro rata portion of the service points the Participant would have received had the Participant continued until December 31 of that year, prorated based on the Participant’s service up to the date of such transfer or the date such leave began, as the case may be, and will thus earn a partial Year of Credited Service for purposes of subsection (b);

 

(f)                                   If (i) a Participant retires under the AbbVie Puerto Rico Pension Plan and elects to receive the distribution of his or her Accounts during the same Plan Year, (ii) a Participant dies during the Plan Year and the Beneficiary elects to take a distribution of the Participant’s Accounts during the same Plan Year; or (iii) a Participant separates from service during the Plan Year for reasons other than retirement or death and does not elect to defer his or her distribution to a later Plan Year, the Employer Contribution due in each case for the Plan Year shall be calculated using the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and allocated to the applicable Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.  If a Participant or Beneficiary who becomes eligible for a distribution during the Plan Year does not take a distribution during the same Plan Year, as described in the prior sentence, the Employer Contribution which would be allocable to his or her Accounts shall be determined and allocated as of the end of the Plan Year under subsection 3.5(g) below, as if the Participant were actively employed as of the last day of the Plan Year, but shall be calculated as described in (a)-(e) above based on the service recognized therein.

 

(g)                                  The amount of the Abbott Stock which will be allocated as of the end of the Plan Year to the Employer Contribution Account of each eligible Participant for such Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate cost (after adding earnings and deducting expenses as herein permitted) of the Abbott Stock held in the Unallocated Account at the end of the Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s earnings points and service points as of the end of the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the aggregate of all earnings points and all service points for all eligible Participants as of the end of such Plan Year (less the points attributable to Participants to whom or on whose behalf distributions are made during the Plan Year).  Once the portion of the aggregate

 

8

 

cost which is attributable to each eligible Participant is determined, the applicable number of shares represented by such cost shall be allocated to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.  After the shares have been allocated, the Point Value for the Plan Year will be calculated by dividing the cost of the AbbVie Stock allocated to a Participant’s Accounts by the number of points credited to such Participants for the Plan Year.

 

3.5A.                   Employer Contributions for Periods Beginning on and After October 1, 2001.  For each payroll period beginning on or after October 1, 2001, the Employers shall make Employer Contributions to the Trust for the benefit of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee at any time during the payroll period and on whose behalf Contributions have been made at any time during the payroll period.  The amount of Employer Contributions made by the Employers for a payroll period shall be that amount allocated to the Plan under Section 1.4 of the Preamble to the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Program for such payroll period.  The Trustee shall invest such funds periodically in accordance with the Participant’s investment instructions under Article 5 and in accordance with stock trading procedures established by the Committee and agreed to by the Trustee.  The Abbott Stock or shares of the Investment Funds purchased with such Employer Contributions shall be allocated among the accounts of the eligible Participants as of the last day of the payroll period, pro rata, according to the Contributions made by each such Participant during that payroll period.  The number of full and fractional shares of Abbott Stock to be allocated as of the end of a payroll period to the Employer Contribution Account of each eligible Participant for such payroll period (if any) shall be based on the average cost per share of the Abbott Stock purchased with the Employer Contributions made for such payroll period.  Effective as of January 1, 2013, all references to the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Program refer to the AbbVie Savings Plan program, and all references to future acquisition of Abbott Stock shall relate to references to AbbVie Stock.

 

3.6.                            Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions.  At the direction of the Corporation, an Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions to the Trust for a Plan Year either (a) on behalf of all Participants for whom Pre-Tax Contributions are made for the Plan Year, or (b) on behalf of only those Participants for whom Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year are made and who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, as the Board of Directors shall determine.  Except as otherwise expressly provided for, any Qualified Nonelective Contribution Employer Contribution shall be treated as a Pre-Tax Contribution for all purposes under the Plan.  Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions may be made pursuant to this Section 3.6: (i) with respect only to Participants who are employed by a Subsidiary which is not an Affiliated Corporation, (ii) with respect only to Participants who are employed by Employers which are Affiliated Corporations, or (iii) with respect to Participants described in both (i) and (ii).

 

3.7.                            Time for Making and Crediting of Contributions.  Pre-Tax and After Tax Contributions and Catch-up Contributions for any calendar month will be withheld from the Participant’s Compensation through payroll deductions and will be paid in cash to the Trust as soon as such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the Employers, but in any event no later than the 15th business day of the next following month.  Such contributions will be credited to the Participants’ respective Pre-Tax Contribution, After-

 

9

 

Tax Contribution and Catch-up Contribution Accounts as of the earlier of (a) the date such contribution are received by the Trust and (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Compensation is paid.  Any Employer Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions for a Plan Year will be contributed to the Trust at such time as the Corporation determines, but no later than the time prescribed by law (including extensions) for filing the Employer’s federal or Puerto Rico income tax return for its taxable year in or with which the Plan Year ends.  Such contributions will be credited to the Employer Contribution Accounts or Pre-Tax Contribution Accounts, respectively, of Participants on whose behalf they are made at such time as the Corporation determines, but not later than the last day of such Plan Year.

 

3.8.                            Certain Limits Apply.  All contributions to this Plan are subject to the applicable limits set forth under 94 PR-Code sections 1165(e) and 1023(n), and, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the limits under New PR Code Sections 1081.01(d) and 1033.09, as further described in Article 11.

 

3.9.                            Return of Contributions.  No property of the Trust or contributions made by the Employers pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall revert to the Employers or be used for any purpose other than providing benefits to Eligible Employees or their Beneficiaries and defraying the expenses of the Plan and the Trust, except as follows:

 

(a)                     Upon request of the Corporation, contributions made to the Plan before the issuance of a favorable determination letter by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department with respect to the initial qualification of the Plan under section 1165(a) of the 94 PR-Code, or under section 1081.01(a) of the New PR Code, as applicable, may be returned to the contributing Employer, with all attributable earnings, within one year after the Puerto Rico Treasury Department refuses in writing to issue such a letter.

 

(b)                     Any amount contributed under the Plan by an Employer by a mistake of fact as determined by the Employer may be returned to such Employer upon its request, within one year after its payment to the Trust.

 

(c)                      Any amount contributed under the Plan by an Employer on the condition of its deductibility under section 1023(n) of the 94 PR-Code, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, under New PR Code section 1033.09, may be returned to such Employer upon its request, within one year after the Puerto Rico Treasury Department disallows the deduction in writing. The Administrator, the Corporation and/or the Employer may take any and all actions necessary or permitted by law to ensure that any Employer contributions that are denied deductibility under the PR-Code may be returned, to the extent allowed, to prevent the imposition of tax on the Employer under New PR Code Section 1033.09(a)(5).

 

(d)                     Earnings attributable to contributions returnable under paragraph (b) or (c) shall not be returned to the Employer, and any losses attributable to those contributions shall reduce the amount returned.

 

In no event shall the return of a contribution hereunder cause any Participant’s Accounts

 

10

 

to be reduced to less than they would have been had the mistaken or nondeductible amount not been contributed.  No return of a contribution hereunder shall be made more than one year after the mistaken payment of the contribution, or disallowance of the deduction, as the case may be.

 

3.10.                     Special Limits for Corporate Officers.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, impose additional limits on the percentages of Compensation which may be contributed to the Plan by, or on behalf of, Corporate Officers, provided that such additional limits are lower than the limits applicable to other Participants.  The amount and terms of such limits shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, need not be the same for all Corporate Officers and may be changed or repealed by the Administrator at any time.  For purposes of this Section 3.10, the term “Corporate Officer” shall mean an individual elected an officer of the Corporation by its Board of Directors but shall not include assistant officers.

 

ARTICLE 4.

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

 

4.1.                            Accounts.  The Administrator will establish and maintain (or cause the Trustee to establish and maintain) for each Participant an After-Tax Contribution Account, a Pre-Tax Contribution Account, a Restricted After-Tax Account, a Catch-up Contribution Account, an Employer Contribution Account, a Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable), a Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable) and such other accounts or subaccounts as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate.  All such Account shall be referred to collectively as the “Accounts”.

 

4.2.                            Adjustment of Accounts.  Except as hereinafter provided, as of each Valuation Date, the Administrator or Trustee, as the case may be, shall adjust the balances of each Account maintained under the Plan on a uniform and consistent basis to reflect the contributions, distributions, income, expense, pre-payments of tax, and changes in the fair market value of the assets attributable to such Account since the prior Valuation Date, in such reasonable manner as the Administrator or Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine. Employer Contributions made to the Unallocated Account, Abbott Stock or AbbVie Stock, as applicable, acquired under Section 3.5 or 3.5A with such Employer Contributions, and dividends paid on such Abbott Stock or AbbVie Stock, as applicable, will not be valued as of each Valuation Date, but will be allocated to the Participant’s Account only as of the end of the Plan Year in accordance with Section 4.2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to the extent that Participants’ Accounts are invested in mutual funds or other assets for which daily pricing is available (“Daily Pricing Media”), all amounts contributed to the Trust will be invested at the time of their actual receipt by the Daily Pricing Media, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the results of such daily pricing from the time of actual receipt until the time of distribution.  Investment elections and changes made pursuant to Section 5.5 shall be effective upon receipt by the Daily Pricing Media.  References elsewhere in the Plan to the investment of contributions “as of” a date other than that described in this Section 4.2 shall apply only to the extent, if any, that assets of the Trust are not invested in Daily Pricing Media.

 

11

 

4.3.                            Reallocation of Accounts.  In the event a Participant elects to pre-pay any tax that might be due on such Participant’s Accounts upon the occurrence of a future distributable event, the amounts on which Participant has pre-paid such tax shall be transferred to Participant’s Restricted After-Tax Account.

 

ARTICLE 5.

INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

5.1.                            Company Stock.

 

(a)                                 The Plan shall provide a Company Stock Fund as a permanent feature of the Plan.  The Company Stock Fund shall be invested exclusively in Company Stock (other than for the purpose of maintaining sufficient liquidity to provide for distribution, withdrawals, and transfers under the Plan) without regard to (1) the diversification of assets of the Plan and Trust, (2) the risk profile of Company Stock, (3) the amount of income provided by Company Stock, or (4) the fluctuation in the fair market value of Company Stock, unless the Investment Committee determines that there is a serious question concerning the short-term viability of the Company as a going concern.

 

(b)                                 All Employer Contributions, all Participant Contributions made before January 1, 1999, and all dividends and earnings received on those Employer and Basic Contributions shall be invested in shares of Company Stock unless and until they are transferred to another Investment Fund then available under the Plan pursuant Section 5.4.  A Participant may also direct that some or all of his or her Contributions made on or after January 1, 1999, Catch-up Contributions, Rollover Contributions (if applicable) or Transfer Contributions (if applicable) be invested in shares of Company Stock.  Company Stock shall be purchased and sold by the Trustee on the open market or from the Company Stock issuer in accordance with stock trading procedures established by the Committee and agreed to by the Trustee.

 

(c)                                  “Company Stock” shall mean Abbott Stock for periods of time prior to January 1, 2013 and AbbVie Stock for periods of time beginning on or after January 1, 2013, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan, effective as of January 1, 2013, a Participant may only instruct the Trustee that amounts in his or her Accounts that are invested in Abbott Stock be transferred to and invested in one or more of the Investment Funds established under Section 5.3, but no participant may direct the Trustee to invest in Abbott Stock any amounts that are not at that time invested in Abbott Stock.

 

5.2.                            Income-Producing Fund.  A Participant may direct that some or all of his or her Contributions, Catch-up Contributions, Rollover Contributions, or Transfer Contributions be

 

12

 

invested in an income producing, low risk, liquid Investment Fund, as such may be made available by the Committee.

 

5.3.                            Other Investment Funds.  Other than with respect to the Company Stock Fund and subject to Section 5.1, the Committee may, from time to time, direct the Trustee to establish one or more Investment Funds.  A Participant may invest some or all of his or her (i) Contributions made on or after January 1, 1 999, and (ii) Catch-Up Contributions, Rollover Contributions or Transfer Contributions in one or more of the Investment Funds available under the Plan in such increments and in such manner as the Committee and the Trustee establish in investment procedures.  To the extent permitted by Sections 5.1 and 5.4, a Participant may instruct the Trustee that amounts held in his or her Accounts that are invested in the Abbott or AbbVie Company Stock be transferred to and invested in one or more of the Investment Funds established under this Section 5.3.  Any amounts held in a Participant’s Accounts that are not otherwise restricted as to investment under Section 5.1 or 5.4 may be invested or reinvested in AbbVie Company Stock or any of the Investment Funds then available under the Plan in accordance with the procedures established under Section 5.5.

 

5.4.                            Investment of Employer Contributions and Reinvestment of Company Stock.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, and except as provided in the next sentence, any Employer Contribution made under the Plan to a Participant on or after April 1, 2003 shall be invested on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Participant’s investment election(s) in effect for his or her Pre-Tax Contributions at the time the Employer Contribution is made.  If a Participant’s Accounts consist solely of After-Tax Contributions, then any Employer Contribution made under the Plan to such Participant on or after April 1, 2003 shall be invested on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Participant’s investment election(s) in effect for his or her After-Tax Contributions at the time the Employer Contribution is made.  A Participant may direct the Trustee to liquidate all or a portion of the Company Stock held in his or her Accounts and reinvest in any of the other Investment Funds described in Section 5.3 in accordance with the procedures established under Section 5.5.

 

5.5.                            Investment Elections.  Subject to Sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4, a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee may make or change investment instructions with respect to the portion of the Accounts over which he or she has investment direction at such times and at such frequency as the Administrator shall permit in accordance with investment procedures established for the Plan.  Such investment instructions shall be in writing or in such other form as is acceptable to the Trustee.

 

5.6.                            Default Investment Fund.  The Administrator shall, from time to time, identify one or more of the Investment Funds as the default Investment Fund into which all contributions, for which the Participant has the right to direct investment, shall be invested if the Participant fails to provide complete and clear investment instructions for such contributions.  Such contributions shall remain in the default Investment Fund until the Trustee receives investment instructions from the Participant in a form acceptable to the Trustee. If the Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee fails to file a timely investment election with respect to any portion of his or her Accounts under the Plan, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to have

 

13

 

100% of such portion of his or her Accounts invested in such Investment Fund that meets the requirements of Section 404(c)(5) of ERISA, as this may be amended from time to time.

 

5.7.                            Participant Direction of Investments.  To the extent that this Article 5 does not prohibit a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee from directing the investment of his or her Accounts, the Plan is intended to be a participant-directed plan and to comply with the requirements of ERISA section 404(c) and the United States Department of Labor Regulations 2550.404c-1 as a participant-directed plan.  To the extent this Section 5.7 applies, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee from time to time with respect to such investments pursuant to the instructions of the Participant (or, if applicable, the Alternate Payee, or the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary), but the Trustee may refuse to honor any investment instruction if such instruction would cause the Plan to engage in a prohibited transaction (as described in ERISA section 406) or cause the Trust to be subject to income tax.  The Administrator shall prescribe the form upon which, or such other manner in which such instructions shall be made, as well as the frequency with which such instructions may be made or changed and the dates as of which such instructions shall be effective.  The Board of Directors reserves the right to amend the Plan to remove the right of Participants, Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees to give investment instructions with respect to their Accounts.  Nothing contained herein shall provide for the voting of shares of Abbott or AbbVie Company Stock by any Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, except as otherwise provided in the Trust.

 

5.8.                            Dividends on Company Stock.  Except with respect to shares of Company Stock acquired during the Plan Year and held in the Unallocated Account, cash dividends on shares of Company Stock shall be credited to the applicable Accounts in which the shares are held and cash proceeds from the sale of any rights or warrants received with respect to such Stock shall be invested in shares of Company Stock when such dividends or proceeds are received by the Trust, and thereafter such shares shall be credited to such Accounts based on the average cost of all shares purchased with such dividends or proceeds.  Stock dividends or “split-ups” and rights or warrants appertaining to such shares shall be credited to the applicable Accounts when received by the Trust.  Cash dividends received with respect to shares of Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account and cash proceeds from the sale of rights or warrants received with respect to such Company Stock shall be reinvested in Company Stock and allocated under Section 3.5, to the extent not used to pay expenses of the Plan.  Any stock dividends or “split-ups” (and any rights or warrants unless sooner sold) appertaining to shares of Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account will be held in the Unallocated Account until the end of the Plan Year and allocated under Section 3.5. Cash dividends received with respect to shares of Abbott Stock shall be reinvested in the default Investment Fund, unless otherwise directed by the applicable Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, and subject to the rules and procedures set forth by the Administrator or the Committee.

 

5.9.                            Investment of Restricted After-Tax Account.  Amounts credited to a Participant’s Restricted After-Tax Account shall remain invested as such monies were invested prior to crediting to the Participant’s Restricted After-Tax Account.  Participants shall direct the investment of their Restricted After-Tax Account in the same manner as all other Participant’s Accounts.  A Participant’s Restricted After-Tax Account shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan regarding Participant’s Accounts.

 

14

 

ARTICLE 6.

WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

 

6.1.                            In-service Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions.

 

(a)                                 After-Tax Contributions.  A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Trust any or all of his or her After-Tax Contributions.  Withdrawals shall be made from Company Stock, or any other Investment Fund as the Participant elects, but only to the extent such total withdrawals under this subsection (a) do not exceed the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions in his or her After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

(b)                                 Valuation of Shares Withdrawn.  Withdrawals of shares of Company Stock under this Section 6.1 from After-Tax Contribution Accounts shall be in whole shares except when withdrawal of a fractional share is necessary to exhaust the Company Stock allocated to such Accounts in which event the cash value of such fractional share shall be withdrawn.

 

(c)                                  (i)                                     For purposes of Section 6.1(a), shares of Company Stock purchased with a Participant’s After-Tax Contributions shall be determined as follows:

 

(A)                               First, the average cost to the Trust of all withdrawn shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions and related dividends shall be established.

 

(B)                               Next, the total of the Participant’s unwithdrawn After-Tax Contributions and applied to purchase Company Stock shall be divided by the average cost established under subparagraph (A) above and the resulting amount shall be the number of shares purchased with the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions.

 

For purposes of determining a Participant’s unwithdrawn After-Tax Contributions, any shares of Company Stock purchased with the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions that were withdrawn by the Participant as of any date shall be charged at the average cost established under subparagraph (i)(A) above as of such date.

 

(d)                                 The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 are subject to the following:

 

(i)                                     Shares of Company Stock and other amounts that are withdrawn by a Participant under this Section 6.1 shall be charged to his or her respective After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

(ii)                                  No more than one withdrawal may be elected in any calendar quarter; provided, however, that the Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, may waive this limitation in unusual cases.

 

15

 

(iii)                               Distribution of the shares of Company Stock or other amounts a Participant elects to withdraw under this Section 6.1 will be made within such time period and in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrator and agreed to by the Trustee.  If the Participant dies prior to the time distribution of such shares or amounts is made, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same manner as other distributions from the Trust.

 

(iv)                              Each request for a withdrawal shall be filed with the Administrator, shall specify the dollar amount or the share amount (or both) to be withdrawn, which amount shall not be less than $500, and may not be revoked, amended or changed by the Participant after it is filed.  The Participant shall indicate in his withdrawal request whether the withdrawal is to be made in cash or in Company Stock.

 

(v)                                 Any fees associated with a withdrawal will be charged to the Participant’s Accounts.

 

(vi)                              Withdrawals under this Section 6.1 shall be subject to such further conditions and limitations as the Administrator may establish from time to time and apply on a uniform basis.

 

(vii)                           Any shares of Company Stock that are withdrawn will be considered as having been withdrawn at the average cost, as of the date of the withdrawal, of the shares of Company Stock reflected in the Account from which it was withdrawn.

 

(e)                                  A Participant shall not be permitted to make in-service withdrawals of the amounts credited to Participant’s Restricted After-Tax Account.

 

(f)                                   AMO After-Tax Contribution Accounts. A Participant who is an AMO-PR Employee (as defined in Section 14.32(g)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO After-Tax Contribution Account (as defined below) may, for any reason, withdraw funds from his or her AMO After-Tax Contribution Account; provided, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “AMO After-Tax Contribution Account” shall mean a Participant’s After-Tax Deposits Account (as such term is defined under the AMO Plan) that was previously maintained for the AMO-PR Employee under the AMO Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the AMO Plan to the Plan.

 

6.1A.        A Participant who is an AMO-PR Employee (as defined in Section 14.32(g)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO Rollover Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her AMO Rollover Contribution Account; provided, however, that

 

16

 

each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “AMO Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean a Rollover Account (as such term is defined under the AMO Plan) that was previously maintained for the AMO-PR Employee under the Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “AMO Plan”) and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the AMO Plan to the Plan.

 

6.2.                            Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  To the extent required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Administrator shall make distributions from a Participant’s Accounts to Alternate Payees named in such order in a manner consistent with the distribution options otherwise available under this Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.

 

6.3.                            Required Distributions After Age 701⁄2.  Except as provided in the next sentence, a Participant who remains an Employee on or after his or her “required beginning date” (within the meaning of United States Internal Revenue Code section 401(a)(9)) while an Employee shall receive a distribution of the full value of his or her Accounts as of the date any distribution under Code section 401(a)(9) would be required.  Any Participant (other than a 5% owner of the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation, or a Subsidiary in the year such owner attains age 661⁄2 and any subsequent year) who attained age 701⁄2 before January 1, 1997 may defer receipt of the distributions under this Section 6.3 until the April 1 following the calendar year in which he or she retires or attains age 701⁄2, whichever is later. Each distribution described in this Section 6.3 shall be made at the latest possible date permitted under United States Internal Revenue Code section 401(a)(9) and Regulations thereunder and in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.

 

6.4.                            Participant’s Consent to Distribution of Benefits. If a Participant receives a withdrawal under Section 6.1, 6.3 or 6.5, or an Alternate Payee receives a distribution under Section 6.2, no distribution may be made unless:

 

(a)                                 between the 30th and 90th day prior to the date distribution is to be made or commence, the Administrator notifies the Participant or the Alternate Payee (whichever is applicable) in writing that he or she may defer distribution until the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1⁄2 and provides the Participant or the Alternate Payee (whichever is applicable) with a written description of the material features and (if applicable) the relative values of the forms of distribution available under the Plan; and

 

(b)                                 the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the information described above has been provided to him or her, and files such consent with the Administrator.  Distribution to the Participant will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such consent is received by the Administrator.  The Participant may waive the 30-day notice period described in (a) above.

 

6.5.                            Withdrawals at Age 591⁄2.  Upon reaching age 591⁄2, a Participant may withdraw all or any portion of the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with such rules as the

 

17

 

Administrator shall establish, on a uniform and consistent basis, relating to timing, frequency and elections. If a Participant received payment of less than all of the Participant’s account balances under the Plan, the Participant may specify that such payments shall be withdrawn from the Participant’s accounts under the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator.

 

6.6.                            In-service Withdrawals of Certain Employer Contributions. A Participant who is an AMO-PR Employee (as defined in Section 14.32(g)) and for whom the Plan maintains an AMO Employer Contribution Account (as defined below) may withdraw funds from his or her AMO Employer Contribution Account that were allocated 2 or more years prior to the date of such withdrawal; provided, however, that a withdrawal shall not be made until such Participant has withdrawn his or her entire AMO After-Tax Contribution Account pursuant to subsection 6.1(f), has withdrawn his or her entire AMO Rollover Contribution Account pursuant to Section 6.1A, and has 3 or more Years of Credited Service (including service credited in accordance with subsection 14.32(g)); provided further, however, that each withdrawal shall be made in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator.  The term “AMO Employer Contribution Account” shall mean a Company Contribution Account (as such term is defined under the AMO Plan) that was previously maintained for an AMO-PR Employee under the AMO Plan and that was established under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the AMO Plan to the Plan.

 

6.7.                            In-service Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions. A Participant may withdraw funds from his or her Rollover Contribution Account in accordance with such administrative rules and practices as may be adopted by the Administrator. The term ‘Rollover Contribution Account’ includes a rollover contribution account that was previously maintained on behalf of a Participant under another plan and that was reestablished under this Plan in connection with the transfer of plan assets from the other plan into this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 7.

LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

 

7.1.                            In General.  Upon the request of an Eligible Borrower on a form approved or procedure prescribed by the Administrator, and subject to the conditions of this Article, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make a loan from the Trust to the Eligible Borrower.  For purposes of this Article, an “Eligible Borrower” is:

 

(a)                                 a Participant who is an Eligible Employee; or

 

(b)                                 a Participant who is a former Employee and is a “party in interest” within the meaning of ERISA section 3(14); or

 

(c)                                  a deceased Participant’s Beneficiary who has not yet received the entire vested portion of the Participant’s Accounts and who is a “party in interest” as described in (b) above.

 

18

 

7.2.                            Rules and Procedures.  The Administrator shall promulgate such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the express provisions of this Article, as he or she deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article.  All such rules and procedures shall be deemed a part of the Plan for purposes of the United States Department of Labor’s Regulations section 2550.408b-1(d).

 

7.3.                            Maximum Amount of Loan.  The following limitations shall apply in determining the amount of any loan to an Eligible Borrower hereunder:

 

(a)                                 The amount of the loan, together with any other outstanding indebtedness under this Plan or any other qualified retirement plan of AbbVie, the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary, shall not exceed $50,000 reduced by the excess of (i) the highest aggregate outstanding loan balance of the Eligible Borrower from such plans during the one-year period ending on the day prior to the date on which the loans are made, over (ii) the Eligible Borrower’s outstanding loan balance from such plans immediately prior to the loan.

 

(b)                                 The amount of the loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of the loan.

 

(c)                                  No loan may exceed the aggregate value of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Restricted After-Tax Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account and Transfer Contribution Account (excluding any amount contributed by the Participant on an after-tax basis).

 

7.4.                            Minimum Amount of Loan; Number of Loans; Frequency of Loans; Fees for Loans.  The minimum amount of any single loan under the Plan shall be $500.  A Participant may have only two loans outstanding at any time under the Plan or under any other plan referred to in Section 3.5.  All loans shall be subject to such rules and procedures as the Administrator shall promulgate from time to time pursuant to the authority granted in Section 7.2.  The Administrator may charge a loan fee and such fee may be charged to the Participant’s Accounts or taken from the loan proceeds.

 

7.5.                            Note; Security; Interest.  Each loan shall be evidenced by a note signed by the Eligible Borrower, a Participant Credit Agreement, or other legally enforceable evidence of indebtedness (“Note”).  The Note shall be an asset of the Trust which shall be allocated to the Accounts of the Eligible Borrower, and shall for purposes of the Plan be deemed to have a value at any given time equal to the unpaid principal balance of the Note plus the amount of any accrued but unpaid interest.  The Note shall be secured by that portion of the Accounts represented by the Note (not to exceed 50% of the Eligible Borrower’s vested interest in his or her Accounts determined as of the date of the loan).  The loan shall bear interest at an annual percentage interest rate to be determined by the Administrator.  In determining the interest rate, the Administrator shall take into consideration interest rates currently being charged by persons in the business of lending money with respect to loans made in similar circumstances.

 

19

 

7.6.                            Repayment.  Each loan made to an Eligible Borrower who is receiving regular payments of Compensation from the Employer shall be repayable by payroll deduction.  Loans made to other Eligible Borrowers (and, in all events, where payroll deduction is no longer practicable) shall be repayable in such manner as the Administrator may from time to time determine.  In each case payments shall be made not less frequently than quarterly, over a specified term (as determined by the Administrator) not to extend beyond the earlier of five years from the date of the loan or the Participant’s anticipated retirement date, with substantially level amortization (as that term is used in Section 72(p)(2)(C) of the United States Internal Revenue Code).  Where the loan is being applied toward the purchase or construction of a principal residence for the Eligible Borrower, the term for repayment shall not extend beyond the earlier of 15 years from the date of the loan or the Participant’s anticipated retirement date.  An Eligible Borrower may prepay the full balance of an outstanding loan at any time by delivering to the Trustee a certified check in the amount of such remaining balance and any accrued but unpaid interest.  An Eligible Borrower may also refinance an outstanding loan, provided that the limits under Section 7.3 allow the Borrower to borrow an amount equal to, or greater than, the balance due on the outstanding loan. Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Section 414 (u)(4) of the United States Internal Revenue Code; if not otherwise prohibited under the New PR Code.

 

In all cases and notwithstanding anything to the contrary under any loan procedure rule or program under the Plan, Participant loans shall be repaid in partial payments that are substantially similar, at least quarterly.  Moreover, all Participant loans must be repaid in a term not to exceed five (5) years, except in the case of loans to finance the acquisition of a principal residence, in which the term may be extended pursuant to such loan procedure, manual or program duly approved by the Administrator.”

 

7.7.                            Repayment upon Distribution.  If, at the time benefits are to be distributed (or to commence being distributed) to an Eligible Borrower with respect to a separation from service, there remains any unpaid balance of a loan hereunder, such unpaid balance shall, to the extent consistent with United States Department of Labor regulations, become immediately due and payable in full.  Such unpaid balance, together with any accrued but unpaid interest on the loan, shall be deducted from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, subject to the default provisions below, before any distribution of benefits is made.  Except as is provided in Section 7.1 or as may be required in order to comply (in a manner consistent with continued qualification of the Plan under 94 PR-Code section 1165(a), and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, under New PR Code Section 1081.01(a)) with United States Department of Labor regulations, no loan shall be made to an Eligible Borrower under this Article after the Eligible Borrower incurs a separation from service whether or not he or she has begun to receive distribution of his or her Accounts.

 

7.8.                            Default.  In the event of a default in making any payment of principal or interest when due under the Note evidencing any loan under this Article, if such default continues for more than 90 days after written notice of the default by the Trustee, the unpaid principal balance of the Note shall immediately become due and payable in full.  Such unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest, shall thereupon be deducted from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts, subject to the further provisions of this Section.  The amount so deducted shall be

 

20

 

treated as distributed to the Eligible Borrower and applied by the Eligible Borrower as a payment of the unpaid interest and principal (in that order) under the Note evidencing such loan.  In no event shall the Administrator apply the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts to satisfy the Eligible Borrower’s repayment obligation, whether or not he or she is in default, unless the amount so applied otherwise could be distributed in accordance with the Plan.  Default distributions under this Section 7.8 shall be subject to such further conditions and limitations as the Administrator may establish from time to time and apply on a uniform basis.

 

7.9.                            Nondiscrimination.  Loans shall be made available under this Article to all Eligible Borrowers on a reasonably equivalent basis.

 

7.10.                     Source of Loan Proceeds.  The proceeds for a loan shall be drawn from the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts in accordance with rules established by the Administrator.

 

7.11.                     Reinvestment of Loan Repayments.  Loan repayments shall be made to the Eligible Borrower’s Accounts from which the proceeds were drawn under Section 7.10 in the proportion that the loan was taken from each such Account at the origination of the loan.  Within each such Account, the proceeds will be invested in accordance with the investment instructions or restrictions applicable at the time of each loan repayment.  If the Eligible Borrower is not currently making contributions to any such Account at the time of loan repayment, the proceeds will be invested within such Account in accordance with any previous instructions on file by the Participant for the investment of contributions in such Account, and if there are no such instructions on file, the proceeds will be invested in the default Investment Fund(s) then in effect under Section 5.6.  The Participant may change his or her investment instructions in accordance with Section 5.5 for purposes of reinvesting the loan repayments even if he or she is not then making contributions to the Plan.

 

21

 

ARTICLE 8.

BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT, DEATH OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

 

8.1.                            Retirement.  Following a Participant’s retirement with AbbVie, the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries on or after attaining age 65 years (‘normal retirement age’), the Participant will receive the entire value of his or her Accounts in a single sum payment unless he or she elects an annuity under Section 8.3(b) or a direct rollover under Section 8.3(d).  To the extent that the Participant’s Accounts hold AbbVie Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of AbbVie Stock and cash for any fractional share. To the extent the Participant’s Accounts hold Abbott Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of Abbott Stock and cash for any fractional share.

 

8.1A.                   Separation from Service for Reasons Other Than Death or Retirement.  Following a Participant’s separation from the service with AbbVie, the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries for any reason other than death, the Participant will receive the value of his or her vested Accounts (determined as provided below) in a single sum payment unless he or she elects an annuity under Section 8.3(b) or a direct rollover under Section 8.3(d). To the extent that the Participant’s Accounts hold AbbVie Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of AbbVie Stock and cash for any fractional share. To the extent the Participant’s Accounts hold Abbott Stock, he or she may receive the distribution in whole shares of Abbott Stock and cash for any fractional share.

 

A Participant will always be 100% vested in his or her Pre-Tax Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Catch-up Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable) and Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable). The vested percentage of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account will be computed in accordance with the following schedule:

 

	
If the   Participant’s
    	
 
    	
The Vested Percentage of
    	
 
    
	
Number   of years of
    	
 
    	
His Employer Contribution
    	
 
    
	
Credited   Service is:
    	
 
    	
Account will be:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Less than 2 years
    	
 
    	
0
    	
%
    
	
2 years or more
    	
 
    	
100
    	
%
    

 

The amount, if any, by which a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account is so reduced shall be a ‘remainder’. A remainder shall be treated as a separate account until the last day of the Plan Year in which forfeiture of the remainder occurs, and then each remainder shall be: first, used to reinstate remainders as provided below; next, used to pay Plan expenses; and finally, applied to reduce Employer Contributions as of that date, and when so applied will be treated as though it were an Employer Contribution made under Section 3 .5A. If a Participant who separated from service before being entitled to the full balance in his or her Employer Contribution Account is re-employed by an Employer before incurring five consecutive Break Years, the remainder which resulted from the Participant’s earlier separation from service (unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses) shall be credited to the Participant’s Employer

 

22

 

Contribution Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date of re-employment (after all other adjustments required under the Plan as of that date have been made).

 

8.1B.                   Special Separation from Service Provisions — AMO.  Notwithstanding the provisions of section 8.1A of the Plan, any AMO-PR Employee (as defined in Section 14.32(g)) that is also an AMO-PR Pre-Transition Participant (as defined below) shall be 100% vested in his entire AMO Transfer Contribution Account (also defined below).  An AMO-PR Pre-Transition Participant shall mean an AMO-PR Employee employed on or prior to February 28, 2009, who became an Employee of an Employer.  The term “AMO Transfer Contribution Account” shall mean a Transfer Contribution Account maintained for an AMO-PR Employee under the Plan in connection with the transfer of the plan assets of the AMO Plan to the Plan, including both Participants Deposits and Company Contributions (as such terms are defined in the AMO Plan) and accretions thereon.

 

Any AMO-PR Employee that is not otherwise deemed to be an AMO-PR Pre-Transition Participant shall be vested in his Matching Contributions under the AMO Plan (as such term is defined under the AMO Plan) in accordance with the vesting schedule of Section 8.1A and will be 100% vested in any Profit Sharing Contributions (as such term is defined under the AMO Plan) made in his or her behalf with respect to the AMO Plan year 2009.

 

8.2.                            Time of Distributions.  Distribution with respect to a Participant’s separation from service (other than on account of death or retirement) normally will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such separation.  The Employer Contribution made on the Participant’s behalf under Section 3.5 for the Plan Year will be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and distributed to the Participant in cash or Company Stock, at the Participant’s election.  Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 8.2, in the case of a Participant whose Accounts are valued in excess of $5,000 and who has not yet attained age 65, however, distribution may not be made under this Section unless:

 

(a)                                 between the 30th and 90th day prior to the date distribution is to be made or commence, the Administrator notifies the Participant in writing that he or she may defer distribution until the April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70 1/2 and provides the Participant with a written description of the material features and (if applicable) the relative values of the forms of distribution available under the Plan; and

 

(b)                                 the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the information described above has been provided to him or her, and files such consent with the Administrator.  Distribution to the Participant will be made or commence as soon as practicable after such consent is received by the Administrator.  The Participant may waive the 30-day notice period described in (a) above.

 

The value of a Participant’s Accounts will be considered to be in excess of $5,000 if the value exceeds such amount at the time of the distribution in question or exceeded such amount at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan.  Distributions in all events will commence no later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year which occurs after the later

 

23

 

of the Participant’s separation from service or the Participant’s attainment of age 70 1/2. Unless the Participant otherwise elects, the payment of benefits under the Plan to the Participant will begin not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (A) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the normal retirement age specified under the Plan, (B) occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or (C) the Participant terminates his service with the Employer.

 

A Participant who is eligible for retirement under the terms of the AbbVie Puerto Rico Pension Plan will normally receive a distribution as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which he or she retires and following the crediting of the Employer Contribution determined under Section 3.5 for such Plan Year.  Such Participant may elect to receive the distribution in the calendar year in which he or she retires, in which event the Employer Contribution made on the Participant’s behalf under Section 3.5 will be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and distributed to the Participant in cash.  Alternatively, the Participant may elect to defer the distribution of his or her Accounts until any date, but no later than April 1 after the Plan Year in which he or she attains age 70.

 

8.3.                            Amount and Manner of Distribution.  A Participant who is eligible for a distribution from the Plan under this Article 8, may, subject to subsection (c), elect to receive his or her benefit in one or more of the following forms:

 

(a)                                 Single Sum Payment.  In the case of a distribution to be made in a single sum, the amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes or coincides with the date distribution is to be made.

 

In the case of a Single Sum Payment distribution, if (i) the Plan’s trust is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or has a fiduciary that is a resident of Puerto Rico and uses said fiduciary as paying agent; and (ii) the Plan complies with certain Puerto Rico investment rule under New PR Code Section 1081.01(b)(1)(B), then the amount of such Single Payment distribution in excess of amounts contributed by the participant that has already been subject to taxation shall be considered as a long-term capital gain subject to withholding as provided in said Section 1081.01(b)(1)(B).

 

(b)                                 Purchase of Annuity.  No distribution in the form of purchase of an annuity contract as set forth in Section 8.3(b) of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to October 1, 2001 (the ‘Annuity Option’) shall be made after the earlier of:  (i) 90 days after notice of elimination of the Annuity Option is furnished in accordance with ERISA section 104(b) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder; or (ii) January 1, 2001.

 

(A)                               The payment forms under an annuity shall include:  (1) an annuity payable for the life of the Participant; (2) an annuity payable for life with a refund feature; (3) an annuity payable over the joint lives of the Participant and another person designated by the Participant, provided such person (if not the Participant’s spouse)

 

24

 

is not more than 30 years younger than the Participant; or (4) an annuity payable for life and a period provided such period certain does not extend beyond the Participant’s 85th birthday.

 

(B)                               Each such annuity contract shall be nontransferable except by surrender to the issuing insurance company and shall provide for a monthly payment of not less than twenty five dollars ($25).

 

(C)                               The Administrator may cause an annuity contract to be assigned or delivered to the person or persons then entitled to payments under it, but prior to the assignment or delivery of an annuity contract, it shall be rendered nontransferable and, at the Administrator’s discretion may be rendered non-commutable.

 

(D)                               If a Participant is married on his or her annuity starting date (as defined herein), and the Participant has elected to have his or her benefits distributed by purchase of an annuity contract, the value of the Participant’s Accounts will be applied to purchase a joint and survivor annuity (as defined herein), unless the Participant has made an election to waive that form of annuity.  A “joint and survivor annuity” is an annuity payable for the life of the Participant, with a survivor annuity payable for the life of his or her spouse of one-half of the amount payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his or her spouse.  A Participant may make a written election to waive the joint and survivor annuity at any time during the 90-day period ending on his or her annuity starting date.  Such an election will be effective only if the Participant’s spouse consents to the election in writing, and such consent acknowledges the effect of the waiver and is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.  At least 30 but no more than 90 days prior to the date on which a Participant may begin to receive Plan benefits, (or, if the Participant elects, at least 7 days before payment of his or her benefits commences), the Administrator shall provide the Participant with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the joint and survivor annuity, the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the joint and survivor annuity, the requirement of spousal consent to such a waiver, and the Participant’s right to make and the effect of revocation of such a waiver.  An election under this subsection may be revoked by a Participant at any time prior to his or her annuity starting date.  If a Participant has elected to waive the joint and survivor annuity, his or her Account balances will be distributed under one of the annuity forms of payment described in Section 8.3(b) above, as the Participant elects.  The term “annuity starting date” for any Participant means (a) the first day of the first period for which a benefit is payable to the Participant under the Plan as an annuity,

 

25

 

or (b) in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit.

 

(c)                                  Cashout of Small Benefits.  If the value of a Participant’s Accounts is $5,000 or less, distribution shall be made to the Participant in a single sum payment as soon as practicable following the Participant’s separation from service.  The amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date the distribution is to be made.  The Participant’s Accounts will not be considered to be valued at $5,000 or less, if the value of such Accounts at the time in question or at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan exceeds such amount.

 

(d)                                 Direct rollover of single sum payments.  If a Participant or an Alternate Payee of the Participant is entitled to a single sum payment under Section 8.3(c), he or she may elect to have all or a portion of such payment transferred directly to another qualified plan trust (as described under New PR Code Section 1081.01), to an individual retirement account (as described under New PR Code Section 1081.01(a)), to an individual retirement annuity (as described under New PR Code Section 1081.01(b)), to a non-deductible individual retirement account (as described in New PR Code Section 1081.03), or any other account allowed for direct rollovers under the PR-Code, with any remaining amount not rolled over paid directly to the Participant or Alternate Payee, as provided under New PR Code Section 1081.01(b)(2).  The Administrator shall not be obligated to have any transfer instruction under this Section that specifies more than one transferee.

 

(e)                                  Installment Form of Distribution for Knoll Employees.  No distribution in the form of a series of installments over a period certain as set forth in the BASF Pharmaceuticals Retirement Savings Plan (“Installment Option”) shall begin after the earlier of:  (i) 90 days after notice of elimination of the Installment Option is furnished in accordance with ERISA section 104(b) and the Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder; or (ii) January 1, 2004.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, all distributions in the form of an Installment Option as defined in this Section 8.3(e) shall continue.

 

(f)                                   Installment Form After December 31, 2006. Effective January 1, 2007, in a series of regular installments over a period of up to 10 years.

 

(g)                                  Disability Distributions for AMO-PR Employee.  An AMO-PR Employee (as defined in paragraph 14.32(g)) may elect to receive a distribution of all or any portion of his or her AMO Transfer Contribution Account (as defined in Section 8.1B) upon becoming Disabled.  An AMO-PR Employee shall be Disabled if he or she is incapable of continuing any gainful occupation for the Company for which he or she is reasonably fitted by education, training, or experience because of a physical or mental condition resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental

 

26

 

disorder, and which condition can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months.

 

(h)                                 Distribution in Form of Abbott Stock or AbbVie Stock.  A Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his Plan benefits in the form of whole shares of Abbott Stock.  A Participant whose Account includes AbbVie Stock shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his or her Plan benefits in the form of whole shares of AbbVie Stock.

 

8.4.                            Distributions After a Participant’s Death.

 

(a)                                 Death Prior to Separation from Service.  If a Participant dies prior to his or her separation from the service with AbbVie, the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the Participant’s Accounts in a single sum payment as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurs; provided, however, the Beneficiary may elect to receive the distribution in the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurred, in which event the Employer Contribution made on behalf of the Participant under Section 3.5 for such Plan Year shall be based on the Point Value determined for the prior Plan Year and shall be distributed in cash.  Distribution must be made to a Beneficiary who is not the Participant’s spouse no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the Participant’s death.  If the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to defer receipt of the distribution of the Participant’s Accounts until any date, but no later than the December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the United States Internal Revenue Code) the Participant’s Beneficiary shall have the right to receive the Participant’s Accounts as if the Participant had died prior to his or her separation from employment with the Corporation.

 

(b)                                 Death After Separation from Service.  If a Participant dies after separation from service but before the complete distribution of his or her Accounts has been made, the Participant’s Beneficiary will receive the value of the Participant’s Accounts.  Distribution will be made in a single sum payment as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death (but no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of the Participant’s death); provided, however, that if distribution to the Participant had begun following his or her separation from service in a form elected by the Participant, distribution will continue to be made to the Beneficiary at least as rapidly in such form unless the Beneficiary elects to receive distribution in cash in a single sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.  Any such election must be made on a form approved by the Administrator and must be received by the Administrator within such period following the Participant’s death as the Administrator may prescribe.  To the extent the

 

27

 

Participant’s Accounts held AbbVie Stock at the time of the proposed distribution, the Beneficiary may receive the distribution in whole shares of AbbVie Stock and cash for any fractional share. To the extent the Participant’s Accounts held Abbott Stock at the time of the proposed distribution, the Beneficiary may receive the distribution in whole shares of Abbott Stock and cash for any fractional share.

 

(c)                                  Cashout of Small Benefits.  If a Participant dies and the value of a Participant’s Accounts is $5,000 or less, distribution shall be made to the Beneficiary in a single sum payment as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death (but in no event later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which such death occurs) or such later date on which the amount of the distribution can be determined by the Administrator.  The amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date the distribution is to be made. The Participant’s Accounts will not be considered to be valued at $5,000 or less, if the value of such Accounts at the time in question or at the time of any prior distribution to the Participant under the Plan exceeds such amount.

 

(d)                                 Direct rollover of single sum payments.  If a Beneficiary who is the spouse of a deceased Participant is entitled to a single sum payment under Section 8.3(a), he or she may elect to have such payment transferred directly to an individual retirement account or an individual retirement annuity.  The Administrator shall not be obligated to honor any transfer instruction under this Section that specifies more than one transferee. Beginning January 1, 2010, an eligible retirement plan includes a non-deductible individual retirement account if the rollover requirements of the PR-Code are met.  Beginning January 1, 2010, a Beneficiary who is not the participant’s surviving spouse may be a distributee and elect to have all or part of the benefits payable to him paid directly to an IRA that is established for the purpose of receiving a distribution on behalf of a non-spouse designated beneficiary as an eligible rollover distribution in accordance with the PR-Code.

 

Any distribution to a Beneficiary under this Section in the form of a single sum shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with the date distribution is to be made.

 

8.5.                            Designation of Beneficiary.  Subject to the provisions of this Section, a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the person or persons (or entity or entities), if any, designated by the Participant from time to time on a form or in a manner approved by the Administrator.  In the absence of an effective Beneficiary designation, a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving spouse, if any, or if none, the Participant’s issue, or if none, the Participant’s estate.  A non-spouse Beneficiary designation by a Participant who is married at the time of his or her death shall not be effective unless

 

28

 

(a)                                 prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s surviving spouse consented to and acknowledged the effect of the Participant’s designation of a specific non-spouse Beneficiary (including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries) in a written form approved by the Administrator and witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative; or

 

(b)                                 it is established by the Participant prior to his or her death (by furnishing the Administrator with a sworn statement), that the required consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe; or

 

(c)                                  the spouse had earlier executed a general consent form permitting the Participant (i) to select from among certain specified persons without any requirement of further consent by the spouse (and the Participant designates a Beneficiary from the specified list), or (ii) to change his or her Beneficiary without any requirement of further consent by the spouse.  Any such general consent shall be on a form approved by the Administrator, and must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

 

Any consent and acknowledgment by a spouse, or the establishment that the consent and acknowledgment cannot be obtained, shall be effective only with respect to such spouse, but shall be irrevocable once made.

 

Any beneficiary designation made prior to January 1, 2013 by a Participant that is married and that designated a person other than the spouse shall not be carried over with respect to such Participant.  Subsequent beneficiary designations may be made pursuant to the rules of this Section 8.5.

 

8.6                               Special Distribution Requirement.  If a Participant or Beneficiary so elects, distribution of Plan benefits shall begin not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year (a) in which the Participant separates from service by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, disability, or death; or (b) which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, unless the Participant is reemployed by an Employer before distribution has begun.

 

29

 

ARTICLE 9.

ADMINISTRATION

 

9.1.                            Board of Review.  The Board of Review, except where such are specifically reserved to the Board of Directors, shall have all powers, duties and obligations (whether imposed, granted or reserved and whether explicit or implicit) which are lodged in the Corporation under the Trust, or the Plan, or any supplement to the plan or by law or regulations.  It shall perform all functions specifically assigned to it under the Plan and under the Trust created pursuant to the Plan.  The Board of Review at its sole discretion may delegate or redelegate any responsibility which it is able to exercise, and may revoke such delegations at its sole discretion.

 

9.2.                            Committee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee shall be the “named fiduciary” of the AbbVie Stock fund with the sole authority and responsibilities for the following duties:

 

(a)                                 to impose any limitation or restriction on the investment of Participant accounts in the AbbVie Stock Fund;

 

(b)                                 to direct the sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the AbbVie Stock held in the AbbVie Stock fund;

 

(c)                                  to direct the reinvestment of the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of AbbVie Stock in short-term cash equivalent investments in the AbbVie Stock Fund, until the Participants redirect the investment of such proceeds;

 

(d)                                 to instruct the Trustee with respect to the foregoing matters; and

 

(e)                                  to communicate with Participants from time to time.

 

In exercising the powers set forth in Section 9.2, the Investment Committee will take into account the statement of intent set forth in Section 5.1(a) to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA.  In addition, the Investment Committee shall evaluate the prudence of maintaining the AbbVie Stock Fund not on the basis of the risk associated with the AbbVie Stock Fund standing alone but in light of the availability of other investment options under the Plan and the ability of Plan participants to construct a diversified portfolio of investments consistent with their individual desired level of risk and return.

 

9.3.                            Administrator.  The Administrator will be the “administrator” of the Plan as defined in section 3(16)(A) of ERISA and a “named fiduciary” for purposes of section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and will be responsible for complying with all of the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.  The Administrator will not, however, have any authority over the investment of assets of the Trust or the selection of Investment Funds.

 

30

 

9.4.                            Powers of Administrator.  The Administrator will have full power to administer the Plan in all of its details and, other than the selection of Investment Funds, subject, however, to the requirements of ERISA.  Benefits under the Plan shall be paid only if the Administrator decides, in his or her discretion, that the applicant is entitled to them.  For this purpose the Administrator’s power will include, but will not be limited to, the following discretionary authority:

 

(a)                                 to make and enforce such rules and regulations as the Administrator deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan or as required to comply with applicable law;

 

(b)                                 to interpret and enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including the rules and regulations adopted under subsection (a)) and to make factual determinations thereunder, including the discretionary power to determine the rights or eligibility of Employees or Participants and any other persons, and the amount, if any, of their benefits under the Plan, and to construe or interpret disputed, ambiguous, or uncertain terms;

 

(c)                                  to compute the amounts to be distributed under the Plan, to determine the person or persons to whom such amounts are to be distributed, and to make equitable adjustments for mistakes or errors;

 

(d)                                 to authorize the payment of distributions, to compromise and settle any disputed claim, and to direct the Trustee to make such payments from the Trust;

 

(e)                                  to keep such records and submit such filings, elections, applications, returns or other documents or forms as may be required under the PR-Code, ERISA and applicable regulations, or under other federal, state or local law and regulations;

 

(f)                                   to allocate and delegate the ministerial duties and responsibilities of the Administrator and to appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants, actuaries, insurance companies and other persons as may be required or desired to assist in administering the Plan;

 

(g)                                  by written instrument, to allocate and delegate his or her fiduciary responsibilities in accordance with ERISA section 405; and

 

(h)                                 to furnish each Employer with such information and data as may be required by it for tax and other purposes in connection with the Plan.

 

Actions taken in good faith by the Administrator shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.

 

9.5.                            Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority.  Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

 

31

 

9.6.                            Reliance on Tables, etc.  In administering the Plan, the Administrator will be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by any accountant, trustee, counsel, actuary, insurance company or other expert who is employed or engaged by the Administrator or by AbbVie or the Corporation on the Administrator’s behalf.

 

9.7.                            Claims and Review Procedures.  The Administrator shall adopt procedures for the filing and review of claims in accordance with ERISA section 503. In any case, if any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under any of the Plans, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. Any such claim must be filed not later than twelve (12) months following the date of occurrence of the circumstances that give rise to the claim, or twelve (12) months following the date in which the person knew (or should have known) of such circumstances, whichever is later; and any judicial complaint filed in connection with a decision on review of denial may only be filed by the claimant within twelve (12) months after receipt by such claimant of the final adverse decision on review, or within twelve (12) months after the expiration of the final term for the issuance of a final adverse decision on review, in cases where such decision on review is not issued.

 

9.8.                            Indemnification.  The Corporation agrees to indemnify and defend to the fullest extent of the law any of its or AbbVie’s employees or former employees who serves or has served as Administrator or as a member of the Board of Review or the Investment Committee or who has been appointed to assist the Administrator or the Board of Review or the Investment Committee in administering the Plan or to whom the Administrator or the Board of Review or the Investment Committee has delegated any duties or responsibilities against any liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Corporation) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission to act is in good faith.

 

9.9.                            Expenses and Compensation.  No compensation shall be paid to the Administrator or any assistant who is a full-time employee of AbbVie, the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, but the Administrator and his or her assistants shall be reimbursed for all expenses reasonably incurred in the administration of the Plan.  Such expenses shall be charged to the Trust and paid first out of the dividends paid on Company Stock held in the Unallocated Account and then from Employer Contributions prior to allocation under Section 3.5, unless the Employers pay such expenses directly.  To the extent that any record keeping expense, withdrawal charge, loan fee or check fee is specifically attributable to a Participant’s Accounts, such expenses may be charged to the Accounts of such Participant.

 

9.10.                     Notices; Participant Information.  Any notice required to be given to or any document required to be filed with the Administrator, the Trustee or a Committee will be given or filed properly if mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, or delivered, to the Administrator, the Trustee or a Committee, as the case may be, in care of the Corporation.  Participants (and their Beneficiaries) must furnish to the Administrator such evidence, data, or information as they consider necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan, and the provisions of the Plan for each person are upon the condition that he or she will furnish full, true and complete evidence, data and information requested by the Administrator.

 

32

 

ARTICLE 10.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

10.1.                     Amendment.  The Corporation (through the Board of Directors) reserves the power (and may and hereby does specifically delegate a portion of the power to the Board of Review) at any time or times to amend the provisions of the Plan and Trust to any extent and in any manner that it may deem advisable.  The Corporation specifically reserves the right to amend Article 5 with respect to the investment of Participant Accounts.  However, the Corporation will not have the power:

 

(a)                                 to amend the Plan or Trust in such manner as would cause or permit any part of the assets of the Trust to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of each Participant and his or her Beneficiary (except as permitted by Section 13.3 with respect to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, or by Section 3.9 with respect to the return of contributions upon nondeductibility or mistake of fact), unless such amendment is required or permitted by law, governmental regulation or ruling; or

 

(b)                                 to amend the Plan or Trust retroactively in such a manner as would reduce the accrued benefit of ERISA section 204(g) of any Participant, except as otherwise permitted or required by law; or

 

(c)                                  to change the duties or liabilities of the Trustee, the Committee or the Administrator without their consent.

 

All major amendments and all decisions or amendments which are reasonably expected to have the effect of suspending or terminating Employer contributions, of suspending or terminating payment of benefits to Participants or Beneficiaries, or of terminating the Plan shall be made by the Board of Directors.  All other amendments shall be made by the Board of Review.  The Board of Directors may delegate additional authority to the Board of Review.

 

For the purposes of the foregoing, a “major amendment” is defined to be any amendment which will increase the average cost of the Plan to the Employers (whether through the increase of Employer contributions or otherwise) by an amount in excess of $5,000,000 per annum over the three full Plan Years next succeeding the effective date of the amendment.  Determination of whether an amendment is a major amendment or a decision or amendment which is reasonably “to have the effect of suspending or terminating Employer contributions, of suspending or terminating payment of benefits, or of terminating the Plan” shall be made by the Board of Review after obtaining such advice from such legal or tax counsel and the advice of such actuarial consultants as the Board of Review may deem appropriate.  The secretary of the Board of Review shall maintain detailed minutes reflecting the advice if any so received by the Board of Review and the decisions reached by it regarding each amendment adopted by it.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 10.1, any material revision (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules) to the Plan or Trust shall be subject to the

 

33

 

approval of AbbVie’s compensation committee or a majority of AbbVie’s independent directors (within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules).

 

10.2.                     Termination.  The Corporation has established the Plan and authorized the establishment of the Trust with the bona fide intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely, but the Corporation will have no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any given length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee and the Committee without liability whatsoever for any such discontinuance or termination.

 

10.3.                     Distributions upon Termination of the Plan.  Upon termination of the Plan by the Corporation, the Trustee will distribute to each Participant (or other person entitled to distribution) the value of the Participant’s Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date of the Plan’s termination.  However, if a successor plan is established, Accounts shall be distributed to Participants and their Beneficiaries only in accordance with Article 6 relating to in-service withdrawals and upon the actual separation from service by the Participant.

 

10.4.                     Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets.  In case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, provision must be made so that each Participant would, if the Plan then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

 

ARTICLE 11.

LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

11.1.                     PR-Code Deduction Limits.  The sum of the contributions made by the Employers under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible under the applicable provisions of the PR-Code (all such contributions being hereby conditioned on their deductibility under 94 PR-Code section 1023(n), and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, under New PR Code Section 1033.09).

 

With respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, Participant Contributions made under Section 3.2 will be deemed to be Employer contributions for purposes of the limitations under New PR Code Section 1033.09, if so required under the PR-Code.

 

For purposes of the limits under this section, After-Tax Contributions made by Participants under the Plan in accordance with Section 1081.01(a)(15) of the New PR Code shall be excluded.

 

11.1A. PR Annual Contributions Limitations. With respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, the contribution limitations of Section 1081.01(a)(11)(B) of the New PR Code shall apply with respect to a limitation year that coincides with the Plan Year. The Annual Addition (as defined in Section 14.7A), which is allocated to any Participant’s Account balances

 

34

 

under this Plan, and under any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employers or the Controlled Group Members (“related defined contribution plans”), shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) the applicable limit for a given Plan Year under Section 1081.01(a)(11)(B)(i) of the New PR Code, (as such may be modified from time to time pursuant to the applicable guidance thereunder) or (ii) 100% of the Participant’s Compensation (as defined in Section 14.16) paid by the Employer during the Plan Year or calendar year, as selected by the Employer, or such other amounts or limits as shall be determined from time to time pursuant to Section 1081.01(a)(11)(B) of the New PR Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  For these purposes, there shall be included Participant Contributions made under a cash or deferred arrangement for such year. For purposes of this limitation with respect to a Participant, all defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer shall be aggregated and shall be considered as a single plan.  It is intended that the Annual Addition to a Participant’s Account under this Plan shall be limited before the annual additions to his or her Account balances under any other related defined contribution plan are limited. The Annual Additions to this Plan with respect to any Participant which exceed the limitations of this Section 11.1A shall be corrected as permitted by applicable law and regulations.

 

11.2.                     PR-Code Cash or Deferred Arrangement Limits.

 

(a)                                 In general.  The maximum amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year, when added to the amount of elective deferrals under all other plans, contracts and arrangements of AbbVie, the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries with respect to the Participant for the calendar year, shall in no event exceed the lesser of 10% of the Participant’s Compensation or $8,000 or any other applicable limit in effect for the calendar year under 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(7)(A). Catch-up Contributions shall not be subject to any such limitation other than the limitation contained in 94 PR-Code section 1165(e) (7) (C).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of any Participant for any calendar year, when added to the amount of elective deferrals under all other plans, contracts and arrangements of AbbVie, the Corporation, all Affiliated Corporations and all Subsidiaries with respect to the Participant for the calendar year, shall in no event exceed the applicable dollar limit under New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(7)(A), as follows: (i) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, but before January 1, 2012, not to exceed $10,000; (ii) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, but before January 1, 2013, not to exceed $13,000; (iii) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and thereafter, not to exceed $15,000; and (iv) such other amount for each applicable year, as adjusted in accordance with amendment(s) to the New PR Code in such respect, as such amendments may be enacted or approved from time to time, or pursuant to subsequent legislation.

 

35

 

Catch-up Contributions shall not be subject to any such limitation other than the limitation contained in New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(7)(C).  For purposes of this limitation with respect to a Participant, all defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer shall be aggregated and shall be considered as a single plan.

 

The Annual Compensation and Contribution limits set forth elsewhere under this Plan and the PR-Code Cash or Deferred Arrangement limits set forth herein shall be interpreted together so that the Annual Compensation taken into account for purposes of PR-Code Cash or Deferred Arrangement limits do not preclude a Participant from maximizing his or her annual Pre-Tax Contribution limits.

 

(b)                                 Distribution of excess deferrals.  In the event that an amount is included in a Participant’s gross income for a taxable year as a result of an excess deferral under 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(7)(A), and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, under New PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(7)(A), and the Participant notifies the Administrator on or before the March 1 following the taxable year that all or a specified part of a Pre-Tax Contribution made or to be made for his or her benefit represents an excess deferral, the Administrator shall make every reasonable effort to cause such excess deferral, adjusted for allocable income or loss, to be distributed to the Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such excess deferral was made.  No distribution of an excess deferral shall be made during the taxable year in which the excess deferral was made unless the correcting distribution is made after the date on which the Plan received the excess deferral and both the Participant and the Plan designates the distribution as a distribution of an excess deferral.  The amount of any excess deferrals that may be distributed to a Participant for a taxable year shall be reduced by the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions that were excess contributions and were previously distributed to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within such taxable year.”

 

11.3.                     PR-Code Actual Deferral Ratio Limits.

 

a)                                     Actual deferral ratios.  For each Plan Year, the Administrator will determine the “actual deferral ratio” for each Participant who is eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions. The actual deferral ratio shall be the ratio, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Pre-Tax Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Compensation for the applicable period. For purposes of determining a Participant’s actual deferral ratio,

 

(i)                                     Pre-Tax Contributions will be taken into account only to the extent permitted by the PR-Code and the Regulations;

 

(ii)                                  The applicable period for each Participant for a given Plan Year shall be that portion of the 12-month period ending on the last day of such Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant;

 

36

 

(iii)                               Employer Contributions may be treated as Pre-Tax Contributions to the extent permitted by the PR-Code and the Regulations;

 

(iv)                              Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account in determining a Participants’ actual deferral ratio.

 

b)                                     Actual deferral percentages.  The actual deferral ratios for all Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated group for the Plan Year, and the actual deferral ratios for all Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees but who are eligible for Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the non-highly compensated group for the Plan Year.  The actual deferral percentages for any Plan Year must satisfy at least one of the following tests, which shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the PR-Code and the Regulations:

 

(i)                                     The actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated group does not exceed one point twenty-five (1.25) times of the actual deferral percentage for the non-highly compensated group; or

 

(ii)                                  The excess of the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated group over the actual deferral percentage for the non-highly compensated group does not exceed two percentage points, and the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated group does not exceed twice the actual deferral percentage of the non-highly compensated group.

 

(c)                                  Adjustments by Administrator.  If, prior to the time all Pre-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year have been contributed to the Trust, the Administrator determines that Pre-Tax Contributions are being made at a rate which will cause the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, to be exceeded for the Plan Year, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions to be made with respect to one or more Highly Compensated Employees for the balance of the Plan Year by suspending or reducing Pre-Tax Contribution elections to the extent the Administrator deems appropriate.  Any Pre-Tax Contributions which would otherwise be made to the Trust shall instead be paid in cash to the affected Participant.

 

(d)                                 Excess contributions.  If the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, have been exceeded for a Plan Year after all contributions for the Plan Year have been made, the Administrator shall determine the amount of excess contributions with respect to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.  To do so, the Administrator shall reduce the actual deferral ratio of

 

37

 

the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest actual deferral ratio to the extent necessary to (i) enable the Plan to satisfy the 1165(e)(3) limits, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, or (ii) cause such Employee’s actual deferral ratio to equal the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest actual deferral ratio, and shall repeat this process until the Plan no longer exceeds the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits.  The amount of excess contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year shall equal the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions (plus Employer Contributions which are treated as Pre-Tax Contributions for purposes of the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and New PR Code section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, as applicable) actually made to the Trust for the Plan Year, less the product of the (i) the Highly Compensated Employee’s reduced actual deferral ratio as determined under the preceding sentence, and (ii) his or her Compensation.  Any excess contributions will be distributed as provided below.  In no event will excess contributions remain unallocated or be allocated to a suspense account for allocation in a future Plan Year.

 

(e)                                  Recharacterization of excess contributions.  At the option of the Administrator, a Participant’s excess contributions may be recharacterized as After-Tax Contributions, provided the Administrator complies with the reporting requirements of the PR-Code for such contributions and such recharacterization occurs no later than the March 15 following the Plan Year for which the contributions were made.

 

(f)                                   Distribution of excess contributions.  A Participant’s excess contributions, adjusted for income or loss, will be designated by the Employer as a distribution of excess contributions and distributed to the Participant.  Distribution of excess contributions will be made after the close of the Plan Year to which the contributions relate, but within 12 months after the close of such Plan Year; provided however that with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the correction of excess contributions, either through distribution or recharacterization of such excess contributions, or through Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be effected (if not otherwise required earlier) not later than the last date provided under the New PR Code for the filing of the Puerto Rico income tax return of the Corporation and/or the Employer that maintains or sponsors the Plan, including any extensions provided by the Puerto Rico Secretary of Treasury, for the tax year of the Employer during which such excess contributions were made, or as otherwise required to prevent the imposition of the Employer tax under New PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(6)(D).

 

(g)                                  Special rules.  For purposes of distributing excess contributions,

 

(i)                                     the amount of excess contributions that may be distributed with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year shall be reduced by the

 

38

 

amount of excess deferrals previously distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee for his or her taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

 

(ii)                                  Any distribution of less than the entire amount of excess contributions with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of excess contributions and allocable income or loss.

 

(h)                                 Record keeping requirement.  The Administrator, on behalf of the Employer, shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(3) limits, and effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the New PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(3) limits, including the extent to which qualified matching contributions and Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions are taken into account in determining the actual deferral ratios.

 

ARTICLE 12.

ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

12.1.                     Contribution of Amount Distributed from Another Qualified Plan.  An Eligible Employee who was formerly a participant in a plan described in section 1165(a) of the 94 PR-Code, and effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, in section 1081.01(a) of the New PR Code (the “distributing plan”), and who has received a total distribution (within the meaning of section 1165(b) of the 94 PR-Code or within section 1081.01(b) of the New PR Code, as applicable) from the distributing plan (the “distribution”) may, within 60 days of receipt of the distribution from the distributing plan, contribute to the Trust, as a “Rollover Contribution”, all or a portion of such distribution if it:

 

(a)                                 does not exceed the fair market value of the distribution, and

 

(b)                                 includes no property other than (i) money received in the distribution, and (ii) money attributable to other property received in the distribution which is sold and the proceeds of which are transferred.

 

12.3.                     Monitoring of Rollovers

 

(a)                                 The Administrator shall establish such procedures and require such information from employees seeking to make Rollover Contributions as it deems necessary to insure that such Rollover Contributions satisfy the requirements for tax-free rollovers established by conditions of this Article and the PR-Code and the Regulations.

 

(b)                                 No amount may be contributed or transferred under this Article until approved by the Administrator.

 

12.3.                     Transfer Contribution.  Subject to such restrictions and procedures as the Administrator may prescribe (which, without limitation, may include restrictions as to the type of

 

39

 

plan from which transfers will be permitted), amounts held for the benefit of an Eligible Employee under a plan that is qualified under section 1165(a) of the 94 PR-Code and exempt from tax under section 1165(a) of the 94 PR-Code, and effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011 qualified plans under section 1081.01(a) of the New PR Code and exempt from tax under Section 1081.01(a) of the New PR Code (the “distributing plan”) may be transferred (the “Transfer Contribution”) directly by the distributing plan to this Plan.  A Transfer Contribution Account shall be established for each Eligible Employee for whom a Transfer Contribution is made.  To the extent determined by the Administrator to be required under section 204(g) of ERISA, an Eligible Employee for whom a Transfer Contribution Account is maintained shall be entitled to distributions and withdrawals from such Account under provisions not less restrictive than applied under the distributing plan.  To the extent the distributing plan was subject to the requirements of section 205 of ERISA, such requirements shall continue to apply to the transferred amount.

 

12.4.                     Treatment of Transferred Amount under the Plan.  An individual who makes a Rollover Contribution to the Trust or has a Transfer Contribution made to the Trust on his or her behalf shall not be eligible to make or receive any other contributions under the Plan until he or she has actually become a Participant and satisfied the eligibility requirements otherwise applicable to such contributions.  However, for all other purposes under the Plan (including without limitation, investment directions and distributions), an individual who makes a Rollover Contribution or for whom a Transfer Contribution has been made shall be treated as a Participant.

 

ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1.                     Exclusive Benefit Rule.  No part of the corpus or income of the Trust forming part of the Plan will be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of each Participant and Beneficiary, except as otherwise provided under the provisions of the Plan relating to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, and the return of contributions upon nondeductibility, mistake of fact, or the failure of the Plan to qualify initially.

 

13.2.                     Limitation of Rights.  Neither the establishment of the Plan or the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against AbbVie, the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation, any Subsidiary, the Administrator, the Trustee, or the Committee except as provided herein, and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way be affected hereby.  It is a condition of the Plan, and each Participant expressly agrees by his or her participation herein, that each Participant will look solely to the assets held in the Trust for the payment of any benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan.

 

13.3.                     Nonalienability of Benefits.  The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to the extent as may be required by law; provided, however, that if the Administrator receives any Qualified

 

40

 

Domestic Relations Order that requires the payment of benefits hereunder or the segregation of any Account, such benefits shall be paid, and such Account segregated, in accordance with the applicable requirements of such Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

13.4.                     Changes in Vesting Schedule.  A Plan amendment which changes a vesting schedule under the Plan shall apply with respect to any Participant who has completed three Years of Service prior to the expiration of the period described below only to the extent that the Participant’s vested percentage in his or her Accounts determined under the amendment is greater than the nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accounts determined without regard to the amendment.  The period referred to in the preceding sentence will begin on the date the amendment of the vesting schedule is adopted and will end 60 days after the latest of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date on which such amendment is adopted;

 

(b)                                 the date on which such amendment becomes effective; and

 

(c)                                  the date on which the Participant is issued written notice of such amendment by the Administrator.

 

13.5.                     Governing Law.  The Plan and Trust will be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico to the extent such laws are not preempted by ERISA.

 

13.6.                     Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credits with respect to qualified military service, as defined in the Uniformed Services Employment Rights Act of 1994, will be provided in accordance with the requirement of such Act.

 

ARTICLE 14.

DEFINITIONS

 

14.1.                     “Abbott” means Abbott Laboratories.

 

14.2.                     “Abbott Stock” means the common stock of Abbott Laboratories

 

14.2A.            “AbbVie” means AbbVie Inc.

 

14.2B.            “AbbVie Stock” means the common stock of AbbVie Inc.

 

14.3.                     “Accounts” means, for any Participant, his or her Pre-Tax Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Catch-up Contribution Account, Restricted After-Tax Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account (if applicable), Transfer Contribution Account (if applicable) and any other accounts or subaccounts established on his or her behalf under the Plan by the Administrator or the Trustee.

 

41

 

14.4.                     “Administrator” means the Divisional Vice President, Compensation and Benefits, of AbbVie, unless the Board of Review appoints another entity or person(s) to administer the Plan.

 

14.5.                     “Affiliated Corporation” means:

 

(a)                                 Any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in ERISA section 210(c)) which includes the Corporation; and

 

(b)                                 Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in ERISA section 210(d)) with the Corporation; and

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, any corporation, partnership or other person: (a) that is a member of a “controlled group of corporations” as described in Section 1010.04 of the New PR Code; (b) that is a member of a “group of related entities” as described in Section 1010.05 of the New PR Code; (c) that is a member of an “affiliated service group” as described under Section 1081.01(a)(14)(B) of the New PR Code; or (d) that is under “common control” as defined by the Puerto Rico Secretary of Treasury; and that has Employees that are bona fide residents of Puerto Rico, as this may be further defined by regulations promulgated under the New PR Code. For purposes of Section 14.23, all references to an Employer shall include any “Affiliated Corporation” when so required to comply with the discrimination testing under New PR Code Sections 1081.01(a)(3), 1081.01(a)(4) and 1081.01(d)(3), or as otherwise required under Section 1081.01.

 

14.6.                     “After-Tax Contribution Account” means a Participant’s After-Tax Contribution Account.

 

14.7.                     “Alternate Payee” means an alternate payee (as defined in section 206(d)(3)(k) of ERISA) who has rights to one or more Accounts under the Plan.

 

14.7A.            “Annual Additions” means, with respect to any Participant and for purposes of calculating the annual contribution limitations under Section 11.1A, the sum for a Plan Year of the following:

 

(a)                                 Employer Contributions. Employer contributions credited to the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan and to the Accounts of the Participant, if any, under any related defined contribution plans;

 

(b)                                 Forfeitures. Forfeitures credited to the Participant’s Account balances under the Plan and under any related defined contribution plans; and

 

(c)                                  Participant Contributions. An amount equal to the amount of the Participant’s Contributions hereunder, and the amount of such contributions to any other

 

42

 

related defined contribution plans for such Plan Year, including Participant Contributions made under Section 3.1, but excluding Rollover Contributions under Article 12 and further excluding Catch-Up Contributions and After-Tax Contributions if so permitted under the PR-Code.

 

14.8.                     “Contribution” means any contribution made pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.3 entitling the Participant to a share in the Employer Contributions.

 

14.9.                     “After-Tax Contributions” means a Contribution made to the Plan by a Participant on an after-tax basis.

 

14.10.              “Pre-Tax Contribution” means a Contribution made to the Plan for the benefit of a Participant on a pre-tax basis.

 

14.11.              “Pre-Tax Contribution Account” means for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Pre-Tax Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

14.12.              “Board of Review” means the Employee Benefit Board of Review appointed by AbbVie and having the duties and powers described in Article 9.

 

14.13.              “Beneficiary” means any person entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

14.14.              “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

14.15.              “Break Year” means, with respect to any Employee, a 12 consecutive month period of severance.

 

14.15A. “Catch-up Contributions” means a contribution to the Plan on a pre-tax basis is excess of the limitations of 94 PR-Code section 1165(e), excepting 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(7)(C), by a Participant who has attained age 50 by the close of the Plan Year and subject to the limitations of 94 PR-Code section 1165(e)(7)(C).  Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the limits for Catch-up Contributions shall be those set forth under New PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(7)(C).

 

14.15B. “Catch-up Contribution Account” means for any Participant, the account established by the Administrative or Trustee to which Catch-up Contributions made for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

14.16.              “Compensation” means, for purposes of determining the amount of Pre-Tax, After-Tax, and Employer Contributions to be made on behalf of a Participant, (i) the Participant’s total compensation (prior to reduction for contributions under 94 PR-Code section 1165(e) and, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the reductions for contributions under New PR Code section 1081.01(d)) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with participating Employers, including sales bonuses, sales

 

43

 

incentives and sales commissions, but excluding (ii) any reimbursements, expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, or welfare benefits (whether or not those amounts are includible in gross income), prizes, or any Christmas, anniversary, or discretionary bonuses, or payments made under any non-qualified profit sharing, bonus or similar plan, the AbbVie Division Incentive Plan, or plans maintained by any participating Employer which are determined by the Administrator to be similar to such plans, or any suggestion or other special awards.  Compensation for any Participant for any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000 or such amount specified in Section 401(a) (17) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; provided, however that, with respect to Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2012, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Compensation for any Participant for any Plan Year shall not exceed the limits under New PR Code Section 1081.01(a)(12), and provided further that the Annual Compensation limits set forth herein and the Annual Contribution limits and Pre-Tax Contribution limits set forth elsewhere in this Plan shall be interpreted together so that the Annual Compensation taken into account for purposes of Participant Contributions do not preclude a Participant from maximizing his or her Annual Pre-Tax Contribution limits.

 

14.17.              “Contribution Agreement” means, for any Participant, the agreement by which the Participant elects to defer a certain portion of his or her regular pay and the Corporation agrees to contribute the deferred amount to the Participant’s Pre-Tax or After-Tax Contribution Account, whichever is applicable.

 

14.18.              “Corporation” means AbbVie Ltd. and any successor to all or a major portion of its assets or business which assumes the obligations of the Corporation.

 

14.19.              “Committee” means the Investment Committee under the Trust.

 

14.20.              “Division” means any functionally or geographically separate operating unit of the Corporation which is designated by the Board of Review as a “division” for the purposes of the Plan.

 

14.21.              “Eligible Employee” means any Employee who is employed by an Employer provided that there shall be excluded (i) any individual providing services to an Employer under a contract, arrangement or understanding with either the individual directly or with an agency or leasing organization that treats the individual as either an independent contractor or an employee of such agency or leasing organization, even if such individual is subsequently determined (by an Employer, the United States Internal Revenue Service, the Puerto Rico Treasury Department, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer rather than an independent contractor or employee of such agency or leasing organization in that Plan Year, (ii) an Employee with respect to whom retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith collective bargaining unless the Employee is a member of a group of employees to whom the Plan has been extended by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and its collective bargaining representative, (iii) any Employee who does not perform services primarily in Puerto Rico within the meaning of ERISA section 1022(i)(1) and the applicable regulations thereunder, (v) any Employee considered a United States expatriate on the records of AbbVie, the Corporation or any Affiliated Corporation.  For purposes of making Supplemental Contributions, a seasonal employee (namely an Employee

 

44

 

who is hired to work for less than one year) shall become an Eligible Employee once he or she has completed one Year of Credited Service.  For all purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be an “Eligible Employee” for any Plan Year only if during that Plan Year an Employer treats that individual as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Puerto Rico and/or Federal income taxes, even if such individual is subsequently determined (by an Employer, the United States Internal Revenue Service, the Puerto Rico Treasury Department, any other governmental agency, judicial action, or otherwise) to have been a common law employee of an Employer in that Plan Year.

 

14.22.              “Employee” means any individual employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary.

 

14.23.              “Employer” means the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary with operations in Puerto Rico that has adopted the Plan as provided in Section 2.6.

 

14.24.              “Employer Contributions” means the contributions made by the Employers under Section 3.5 for the benefit of the Participants under the Plan on account of Contributions.

 

14.25.              “Employer Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or Trustee to which Employer Contributions made under Section 3.5 for the Participant’s benefit are credited.

 

14.26.              “Entry Date” means the first day of each payroll period.

 

14.27.              “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes of similar import.

 

14.28.              “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Eligible Employee who has Compensation for a Plan Year that is greater than the Compensation for such Plan Year of two thirds (2/3) of all other Eligible Employees employed by any Employer, taking into account compensation as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury of Puerto Rico for purposes of determining a Participant’s actual deferral percentage; provided however that with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the term Highly Compensated Employee shall mean any Eligible Employee who: (a) is an officer of the participating Employer; (b) owns more than five (5) percent of the voting stock or the total value of all classes of stock of the participating Employer; (c) owns more than five (5) percent of the capital or interest in the profits of the participating Employer, in the case of a non-corporate entity; (d) received compensation during the prior taxable year from the Employer in excess of the applicable limit for such year under the New PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(3)(E)(iii)(IV); or (e) meets such other definition required or permitted under the New PR Code to be deemed a highly compensated employee. In order to determine if a Participant owns more than five (5) percent of the shares, capital or interest in the profits of the Employer (as per the prior sentence) there shall be taken into consideration the controlled group rules of New PR Code Section 1010.04, the related group rules of New PR Code Section 1010.05 and the affiliated service group rules of New PR Code Section 1081.01(a) (14) (B).

 

45

 

14.29.              “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee, each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for an Employer each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed.

 

14.30.              “Investment Fund” means any investment fund described in Article 5 or any investment fund selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 as an investment option under the Plan.

 

14.31.              “Participant” means each Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to its provisions or other individual for whom an Account is maintained.

 

14.32.              “Period of Credited Service” means with respect to any Employee the aggregate of all time periods beginning on the date the Employee first completes an Hour of Service or is re-employed and ending on the date a Break Year begins, subject to the following adjustments:

 

(a)                                 An Employee will be credited with one Year of Credited Service for each year of credited service which would have been credited under the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan prior to January 1, 1996.

 

(b)                                 On or after January 1, 1996, an Employee shall be credited with 1/12th of a Year of Credited Service for each calendar month of employment (or portion thereof) during which he or she is employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary, including employment prior to January 1, 1996; provided, however, that the Employee will not be credited with less service than would have been credited to him under the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan prior to January 1, 1996.

 

(c)                                  An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.  In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a Break Year.  For purposes of this Section,

 

(i)                                     an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement;

 

(ii)                                  a Break Year is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months;

 

(iii)                               a period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Corporation, an Affiliated Corporation or a Subsidiary.  Such period begins on the date the Employee retires,

 

46

 

quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service; and

 

(iv)                              in the case of a leave of absence for service in the armed forces of the United States, no period shall be excluded under this paragraph during which the Employee has reemployment rights with respect to the Corporation, any Affiliated Corporation or any Subsidiary under federal law.

 

(d)                                 If, to the extent, and on the terms so provided by the Board of Directors at the time of acquisition, or at any subsequent date or in any Supplement to the Plan, the last continuous period of employment of any employee with any prior separate business entity, part or all of which is or was acquired by, or becomes part of an Employer will be considered a Period of Credited Service.

 

(e)                                  All service earned by a Knoll Sales Employee (as defined below) from his or her date of hire by Knoll Pharmaceutical Company will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining eligibility to make Contributions under Section 2.1 and the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b).  For purposes of this Section 14.29(e):  the term Knoll Sales Employee shall mean an individual employed by Knoll Pharmaceutical Company in its field sales force immediately prior to the closing of the Purchase Agreement between Abbott Laboratories and BASF Aktiengesellschaft who is hired by an employer on or before September 1, 2001.

 

(f)                                   All service earned by a Participant from his or her date of hire by BASF Pharmaceuticals, a branch of Knoll B.V., will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining the Employee’s service points described in Section 3.5(b) and for purposes of determining the Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A.

 

(g)                                  All service credited to an AMO-PR Employee (as defined below) under the AMO Plan will be credited toward his or her Period of Credited Service for purposes of determining such Employee’s number of Years of Credited Service described in Section 8.1A and for purposes of determining eligibility to make Contributions under Section 3.2.  For purposes of this Section 14.32(g), the term “AMO-PR Employee” shall mean an individual employed by Abbott Medical Optics, Inc. (formerly Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. and individually and/or collectively with any applicable affiliates, also referenced to as “AMO”) in Puerto Rico prior to January 1, 2010 and who otherwise meets the criteria to be an Eligible Employee under the Plan.

 

14.33.              “Plan” means the AbbVie Puerto Rico Savings Plan, formerly known as the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico) as amended from time to time.

 

14.34.              “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

47

 

14.35.              “Point Value” means the dollar value of an earnings or service point determined for a Plan Year by dividing the aggregate Employer Contributions made under Section 3.5 for such Plan Year (less that portion of such Employer Contributions determined under Section 3.5(f) that are distributed during such Plan Year to all Participants by the aggregate earnings and service points credited under Section 3.5 for such Plan Year to all Participants entitled to share in Employer Contributions to the Plan for such Plan Year (less the points attributable to participants to or for whom distributions are made during the Plan Year).

 

14.36.              “PR-Code” means the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended from time to time.  Reference to any section of the PR-Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection; provided further that with respect to Plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, it shall mean the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 2011, as amended from time to time (also referred to as the “New PR Code”), and as further amended from time to time.  When the context so requires, the provisions of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended may also be referred to as the “94 PR-Code.

 

14.37.              “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which constitutes a “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of ERISA section 206(d)(3)(B).  A judgment, decree or order shall not be considered not to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order merely because it requires a distribution to an alternate payee (or the segregation of accounts pending distribution to an alternate payee) before the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution under the Plan.

 

14.38.              “Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution” means a contribution (other than an Employer Contribution) made for the benefit of a Participant by the Employer in its discretion.

 

14.39.              “Regulations” means regulations issued by the Puerto Rico Department of the Treasury, or the United States Department of Labor, as the case may be, including any final regulation, proposed regulation, temporary regulation, as well as any modification of any such regulation contained in any notice, revenue procedure, advisory or similar pronouncement issued by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department or the United States Department of Labor, whichever is applicable.

 

14.40.              “Retirement Program” means the program of retirement benefits, provided by the Corporation, of which the Plan and the AbbVie Puerto Rico Pension Plan form a part.

 

14.40A.                             “Restricted After-Tax Account” means, for any Participant, the account established by the Administrator or the Trustee to which a Participants’ balance is his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account and/or Transfer Contribution Account is credited after Participant has pre-paid the tax due on any such Accounts.

 

48

 

14.41.              “Rollover Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account described in Section 12.1 or 12.2, as established by the Administrator or the Trustee, to which the Participant’s Rollover Contribution, if any, is allocated.

 

14.42.              “Rollover Contribution” means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the requirements for rollover contributions as set forth in Article 12.

 

14.43.              “Section” means a section of the Plan.

 

14.44.              “Stable Value Fund” means the Investment Fund described in 5.2.

 

14.45.              “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or business trust fifty percent (50%) or more of the control of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

14.46.              “Transfer Contribution” means a contribution made on behalf of a Participant by way of a trustee-to-trustee transfer as described in Section 12.3.

 

14.47.              “Transfer Contribution Account” means, for any Participant, the account described in Section 12.3 established by the Administrator or the Trustee to which the Participant’s Transfer Contribution, if any, is allocated.

 

14.48.              “Trust” means the trust established between the Corporation and the Trustee in connection with the Plan, together with any and all amendments thereto.

 

14.49.              “Trustee” means the person(s) or entity appointed by the Board of Directors to serve as Trustee under the Trust.

 

14.50.              “Unallocated Account” means the portion of the Trust to which Employer Contributions are made during the Plan Year, in which shares of AbbVie Stock will be held prior to allocation to Participant Accounts, to which dividends paid on such shares of AbbVie Stock will be paid, and from which expenses of the Plan will be paid.

 

14.51.              “Valuation Date” means each business day of each Plan Year.

 

14.52.              “Year of Credited Service” means, with respect to any Employee, a twelve-month Period of Credited Service.

 

In addition, while a Participant is on leave for service in the uniformed services, as provided in the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended (“USERRA”) and its regulations, his Years of Credited Service will be frozen, and such Participant shall be classified as terminated.  Such Participant will receive credit for purposes of determining his Years of Credited Service for his actual period of service in the uniformed services if he timely returns to work for, or timely submits and application for reemployment with, the Employer.

 

49

 

Appendix A

 

The provisions of this Appendix A shall apply to those accounts (the “Transferred Account(s)”) that were formerly maintained under the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (the “Parent Company Plan”) and that were transferred to the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico) (the “Plan”) effective June 23, 1998 (the “Transfer Date”).

 

1.                                      Upon receipt by the Plan, each Transferred Account will be invested in the same investment funds as it was invested under the Parent Company Plan prior to the Transfer Date.

 

2.                                      Except as required by applicable law, any Participant loan outstanding under the Parent Company Plan on the Transfer Date shall remain outstanding under the Plan in accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any Plan provision limiting the number of loans a participant may have or the terms of those loans.

 

3.                                      The portion of each Transferred Account attributable to pre-tax, after-tax, or employer contributions under the Parent Company Plan will retain that characterization and will be subject to the applicable sections of the PR-Code governing such contributions, including but not limited to the sections governing the distribution of such contributions.

 

1

 

Appendix B

 

The provisions of this Appendix B are adopted pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement between Abbott Laboratories and Guidant Corporation:

 

1.                                      All service earned by a Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. Employee (as defined in paragraph 2 below) from his or her date of hire by Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. or any predecessor employer will be credited toward his or her Credited Service for purposes of determining eligibility to make Contributions under Section 3.2, and to determine the vested percentage of a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account under Section 8.1A of the Plan.

 

2.                                      A Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. Employee shall mean an individual employed by Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. in its operations in Puerto Rico prior to and as of the closing of the Asset Purchase Agreement between Abbott Laboratories (parent of the Corporation) and Guidant Corporation, who became an Employee of an Employer.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1(b), a Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. Employee, may, until July 31, 2006, make a Rollover Contribution of any promissory note related to any loan made to such Guidant Puerto Rico B.V. Employee under any profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred compensation arrangement qualified under Section 1165(e) of the P.R. Code sponsored by Guidant P.R. B.V.”

 

2

 

SUPPLEMENT A

 

SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO TRANSFER
 OF CERTAIN ACCOUNTS TO THE
 ABBOTT LABORATORIES STOCK RETIREMENT PLAN  (PUERTO RICO)  AND TRUST

 

A-1.        General.  Effective on or about January 1, 2013 (the ‘Transfer Date’), Abbott Laboratories (“Abbott”) is authorizing as a dividend to its shareholders all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of AbbVie, Inc. (‘AbbVie’) pursuant to a Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Abbott and AbbVie.  As soon as practicable after such date, the accounts described in Paragraph A-2 are being transferred from this Plan to the Abbott Laboratories Stock Retirement Plan (Puerto Rico) (the ‘Abbott PR Plan’).  Assets of the Plan that represent transferred accounts shall be transferred to the trust that funds benefits under the Abbott PR Plan as soon as practicable after the Transfer Date, and will be held according to the terms of the Abbott PR Plan and its trust.  The purpose of this Supplement A is to reflect the transfer and to set forth special provisions with respect to subsequent transfers to and from the Abbott PR Plan.  Certain capitalized terms used in this Supplement A shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A to this Supplement A unless the context clearly calls for another definition.

 

A-2.        Transferred Accounts.  The transferred accounts are all accounts in the Plan as of the Transfer Date held for individuals who are either Abbott Retained Employees or Abbott LTD Participants.

 

A-3.        Subsequent Transfers of Accounts From and To the Plan.  At such time or times as the Administrator and the applicable fiduciary of the Abbott PR Plan shall agree, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish, (a) there shall be transferred from this Plan to the Abbott PR Plan Accounts for Abbott Retained Employees, Abbott LTD Participants and other individuals who cease to be employed by a member of the AbbVie Group and become directly employed by a member of the Abbot Group during the Transition Period (including accounts in respect of beneficiaries and/or alternate payees); and (b) there shall be transferred to this Plan from the Abbott PR Plan accounts under the Abbott PR Plan for individuals who cease to be employed by a member of the Abbott Group after the Distribution Date and become directly employed by a member of the AbbVie Group during the Transition Period (including accounts in respect of beneficiaries, and/or alternate payees).

 

A-4.        Transfers.  Accounts to be transferred to the Abbott PR Plan shall be transferred as soon as practicable after the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-3(a)) and thereafter will be continued under the Abbott PR Plan.  Accounts shall be adjusted as of the Transfer Date (or such later date as described in paragraph A-3(a)) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  Accounts to be transferred to this Plan from the Abbott PR Plan as described in paragraph A-3(b) shall be transferred as soon as practicable after such date.  The transfer of such Accounts to the Abbott PR Plan shall be made in accordance with Sections 208 and 204(g) of ERISA and the applicable regulations thereunder.

 

A-1

 

A-5.        Transfer of Assets.  Assets in the Trust equal to the Accounts that are transferred to the Abbott PR Plan pursuant to this Supplement A shall be transferred to the trust that funds benefits under the Abbott PR Plan.  Such transfer shall take place at such time and in such form as shall be agreed upon between the trustees of the two trusts.

 

A-6.        Transfer of Records.  On or as soon as practicable after the date of transfer, the Administrator shall transfer to the administrator responsible for the administration of the Abbott PR Plan such administrative records maintained under the Plan with respect to Participants as necessary to administer the Abbott PR Plan.

 

A-7.        Prior Service.  Employees who participated in the Abbott PR Plan and have their accounts transferred to this Plan pursuant to  paragraph A-3(b) shall be credited with all service accrued under the Abbott PR Plan as of the date of the employment transfer.

 

A-8.        Use of Terms.  All terms and provisions of the Plan shall apply to this Supplement A, except that where the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Supplement A (including Exhibit A to Supplement A) conflict, the terms of provisions of this Supplement A shall govern.

 

A-2

 

EXHIBIT A To SUPPLEMENT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms as used in this Supplement A shall have the meaning set forth below unless otherwise specified herein:

 

“Abbott” means Abbott Laboratories, an Illinois corporation.

 

“Abbott Group” means Abbott and its Subsidiaries (excluding, after the Distribution, any member of the AbbVie Group).

 

“Abbott LTD Participant” means an Abbott Former Employee who is, as of the Distribution Date, receiving long-term disability benefits under the Abbott Laboratories Extended Disability Plan or the Abbott Laboratories Puerto Rico Long Term Disability Plan.

 

“Abbott Retained Employee” means any Employee other than an AbbVie Employee.

 

“AbbVie” means AbbVie Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“AbbVie Group” means AbbVie and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Distribution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Employee” means an employee of the Abbott Group or the AbbVie Group, as applicable (not including any Former Employee), including any employee absent from work on account of vacation, jury duty, funeral leave, personal leave, sickness, short-term disability, long-term disability or workers’ compensation leave (in each case, unless treated as a separated employee for employment purposes), military leave, family leave, pay continuation leave, or other approved leave of absence or for whom an obligation to recall, rehire or otherwise return to employment exists under a contractual obligation or Law.

 

“Former Employee” means any individual whose employment with the Abbott Group terminated on or prior to the Distribution Date, excluding any employee absent from work immediately prior to the Distribution Date on account of vacation, jury duty, funeral leave, personal leave, sickness, short-term disability, long-term disability or workers’ compensation leave (in each case, unless treated as a separated employee for employment purposes), military leave, family leave, pay continuation leave, or other approved leave of absence or for whom an obligation to recall, rehire or otherwise return to employment exists under a contractual obligation or Law.

 

“Parties” means Abbott and AbbVie.

 

“Separation and Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between the Parties.

 

“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

A-3

 

“Transition Period” means the period beginning on the Distribution Date and ending on the date that is the 30-month anniversary of the Distribution Date.

 

A-4

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 1
    	
Introduction
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.1
    	
Purpose
    	
1
    
	
1.2
    	
Objective
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2
    	
Participation
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2.1
    	
Date of Participation
    	
2
    
	
2.2
    	
Enrollment of Participants
    	
2
    
	
2.3
    	
Reemployment of Participant
    	
2
    
	
2.4
    	
Duration of Participation
    	
3
    
	
2.5
    	
Participant Restricted Due to Conflict of Interest
    	
3
    
	
2.6
    	
Participation by Additional Participating Employers
    	
4
    
	
2.7
    	
Securities Law Restrictions
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3
    	
Contributions
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3.1
    	
Participant Contributions
    	
5
    
	
3.2
    	
Contributions
    	
5
    
	
3.3
    	
Maximum Contributions
    	
6
    
	
3.3A
    	
Catch-up Contributions
    	
6
    
	
3.4
    	
Contribution Agreements
    	
6
    
	
3.5
    	
Employer Contributions for Periods Ending on or Before   September 30, 2001
    	
7
    
	
3.5A
    	
Employer Contributions for Periods Beginning on and After   October 1, 2001
    	
9
    
	
3.6
    	
Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions
    	
9
    
	
3.7
    	
Time for Making and Crediting of Contributions
    	
9
    
	
3.8
    	
Certain Limits Apply
    	
10
    
	
3.9
    	
Return of Contributions
    	
10
    
	
3.10
    	
Special Limits for Corporate Officers
    	
11
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 4
    	
Participant   Accounts
    	
11
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4.1
    	
Accounts
    	
11
    
	
4.2
    	
Adjustment of Accounts
    	
11
    
	
4.3
    	
Reallocation of Accounts
    	
12
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5
    	
Investment   Of Accounts
    	
12
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5.1
    	
Company Stock
    	
12
    
	
5.2
    	
Income-Producing Fund
    	
12
    
	
5.3
    	
Other Investment Funds
    	
13
    
	
5.4
    	
Investment of Employer Contributions and Reinvestment of   Company Stock
    	
13
    
	
5.5
    	
Investment Elections
    	
13
    
	
5.6
    	
Default Investment Fund
    	
13
    
	
5.7
    	
Participant Directions of Investments
    	
14
    
	
5.8
    	
Dividends on AbbVie Stock
    	
14
    
	
5.9
    	
Investment of Restricted After-Tax Account
    	
14
    

 

1

 

	
ARTICLE 6
    	
Withdrawals   Prior To Separation From Service
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6.1
    	
In-service Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions
    	
15
    
	
6.2
    	
Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations   Order
    	
17
    
	
6.3
    	
Required Distributions After 701⁄2
    	
17
    
	
6.4
    	
Participant’s Consent to Distribution of Benefits
    	
17
    
	
6.5
    	
Withdrawals at Age 591⁄2
    	
17
    
	
6.6
    	
In-service Withdrawals of Certain Employer Contributions
    	
18
    
	
6.7
    	
In-service Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7
    	
Loans   To Participants
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7.1
    	
In General
    	
18
    
	
7.2
    	
Rules and Procedures
    	
19
    
	
7.3
    	
Maximum Amount of Loan
    	
19
    
	
7.4
    	
Minimum Amount of Loan, Number of Loans, Frequency of   Loans, Fees for Loans
    	
19
    
	
7.5
    	
Note, Security, Interest
    	
19
    
	
7.6
    	
Repayment
    	
20
    
	
7.7
    	
Repayment upon Distribution
    	
20
    
	
7.8
    	
Default
    	
20
    
	
7.9
    	
Nondiscrimination
    	
21
    
	
7.10
    	
Source of Loan Proceeds
    	
21
    
	
7.11
    	
Reinvestment of Loan Repayment
    	
21
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8
    	
Benefits   Upon Retirement, Death Or Separation From Service
    	
22
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8.1
    	
Retirement
    	
22
    
	
8.1A
    	
Separation from Service for Reasons Other Than Death or   Retirement
    	
22
    
	
8.1B
    	
Special Separation from Service Provisions - AMO
    	
23
    
	
8.2
    	
Time of Distributions
    	
23
    
	
8.3
    	
Amount and Manner of Distribution
    	
24
    
	
8.4
    	
Distributions After a Participant’s Death
    	
27
    
	
8.5
    	
Designation of Beneficiary
    	
28
    
	
8.6
    	
Special Distribution Requirement
    	
29
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9
    	
Administration
    	
30
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9.1
    	
Board of Review
    	
30
    
	
9.2
    	
Committee
    	
30
    
	
9.3
    	
Administrator
    	
30
    
	
9.4
    	
Powers of Administrator
    	
31
    
	
9.5
    	
Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority
    	
31
    
	
9.6
    	
Reliance on Tables, etc.
    	
32
    
	
9.7
    	
Claims and Review Procedures
    	
32
    
	
9.8
    	
Indemnification
    	
32
    
	
9.9
    	
Expenses and Compensation
    	
32
    
	
9.10
    	
Notices; Participant Information
    	
32
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10
    	
Amendment And Termination
    	
33
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.1
    	
Amendment
    	
33
    
	
10.2
    	
Termination
    	
34
    

 

2

 

	
10.3
    	
Distributions upon Termination of the Plan
    	
34
    
	
10.4
    	
Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets
    	
34
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 11
    	
Limits On Contributions
    	
34
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11.1
    	
PR-Code Deduction Limits
    	
34
    
	
11.1A
    	
PR Annual Contributions Limits
    	
34
    
	
11.2
    	
PR-Code Cash or Deferred   Arrangement Limits
    	
35
    
	
11.3
    	
PR-Code Actual Deferral   Ratio Limits
    	
36
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 12
    	
Rollover And Transfer   Contributions
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12.1
    	
Contribution of Amount Distributed from Another Qualified   Plan
    	
39
    
	
12.2
    	
Monitoring of Rollovers
    	
39
    
	
12.3
    	
Transfer Contribution
    	
39
    
	
12.4
    	
Treatment of Transferred Amount under the Plan
    	
40
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 13
    	
Miscellaneous
    	
40
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
13.1
    	
Exclusive Benefit Rule
    	
40
    
	
13.2
    	
Limitation of Rights
    	
40
    
	
13.3
    	
Nonalienability of Benefits
    	
40
    
	
13.4
    	
Changes in Vesting Schedule
    	
41
    
	
13.5
    	
Governing Law
    	
41
    
	
13.6
    	
Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act   of 1994
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 14
    	
Definitions
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
14.1
    	
Abbott
    	
41
    
	
14.2
    	
Abbott Stock
    	
41
    
	
14.2A
    	
Abb Vie
    	
41
    
	
14.2B
    	
Abb Vie Stock
    	
41
    
	
14.3
    	
Accounts
    	
41
    
	
14.4
    	
Administrator
    	
42
    
	
14.5
    	
Affiliated Corporation
    	
42
    
	
14.6
    	
After-Tax Contribution Account
    	
42
    
	
14.7
    	
Alternate Payee
    	
42
    
	
14.7A
    	
Annual Additions
    	
42
    
	
14.8
    	
Contribution
    	
43
    
	
14.9
    	
After-Tax Contributions
    	
43
    
	
14.10
    	
Pre-Tax Contribution
    	
43
    
	
14.11
    	
Pre-Tax Contribution Account
    	
43
    
	
14.12
    	
Board of Review
    	
43
    
	
14.13
    	
Beneficiary
    	
43
    
	
14.14
    	
Board of Directors
    	
43
    
	
14.15
    	
Break Year
    	
43
    
	
14.15A
    	
Catch-up Contributions
    	
43
    
	
14.15B
    	
Catch-up Contribution Account
    	
43
    
	
14.16
    	
Compensation
    	
43
    
	
14.17
    	
Contribution Agreement
    	
44
    
	
14.18
    	
Corporation
    	
44
    
	
14.19
    	
Committee
    	
44
    

 

3

 

	
14.20
    	
Division
    	
44
    
	
14.21
    	
Eligible Employee
    	
44
    
	
14.22
    	
Employee
    	
45
    
	
14.23
    	
Employer
    	
45
    
	
14.24
    	
Employer Contributions
    	
45
    
	
14.25
    	
Employer Contribution Account
    	
45
    
	
14.26
    	
Entry Date
    	
45
    
	
14.27
    	
ERISA
    	
45
    
	
14.28
    	
Highly Compensated Employee
    	
45
    
	
14.29
    	
Hour of Service
    	
46
    
	
14.30
    	
Investment Fund
    	
46
    
	
14.31
    	
Participant
    	
46
    
	
14.32
    	
Period of Credited Service
    	
46
    
	
14.33
    	
Plan
    	
47
    
	
14.34
    	
Plan Year
    	
47
    
	
14.35
    	
Point Value
    	
48
    
	
14.36
    	
PR-Code
    	
48
    
	
14.37
    	
Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    	
48
    
	
14.38
    	
Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution
    	
48
    
	
14.39
    	
Regulations
    	
48
    
	
14.40
    	
Retirement Program
    	
48
    
	
14.40A
    	
Restricted After-Tax Account
    	
48
    
	
14.41
    	
Rollover Contribution Account
    	
49
    
	
14.42
    	
Rollover Contribution
    	
49
    
	
14.43
    	
Section
    	
49
    
	
14.44
    	
Stable Value Fund
    	
49
    
	
14.45
    	
Subsidiary
    	
49
    
	
14.46
    	
Transfer Contribution
    	
49
    
	
14.47
    	
Transfer Contribution Account
    	
49
    
	
14.48
    	
Trust
    	
49
    
	
14.49
    	
Trustee
    	
49
    
	
14.50
    	
Unallocated Account
    	
49
    
	
14.51
    	
Valuation Date
    	
49
    
	
14.52
    	
Year of Credited Service
    	
49
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Appendix A
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Appendix B
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Supplement A
    	
A-1
    

 

4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00211-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00211-of-00352.parquet"}]]